global network services global network services...

Snap-Action Switches Detection SwitchesGeneral Catalogue 2005

Panasonic ... the new name for

Global Network Services Global Network Services Global Network Services Global Network Services

Asia Pacific

MatsushitaElectric Works(Asia Pacific) Pte. Ltd.

China

MatsushitaElectric Works (China) Co., Ltd.

Japan

MatsushitaElectric Works, Ltd.Global Headquarter

North America

AromatCorporation

Europe

MatsushitaElectric Works(Europe) AG

Copyright © 2005 • Printed in Germany2090 eu en 04/05

Please contact our Global Sales Companies in:

Europe

Headquarter Matsushita Electric Works (Europe) AG Rudolf-Diesel-Ring 2, 83607 Holzkirchen, Tel. (08024) 648-0, Fax (08024) 648-111, www.mew-europe.com Austria Matsushita Electric Works Austria GmbH Josef Madersperger Str. 2, 2362 Biedermannsdorf, Tel. (0 22 36) 2 68 46, Fax (0 22 36) 4 61 33, www.matsushita.at

MEW Electronic Materials (Europe) GmbH Industriehafenstraße 9, 4470 Enns, Tel. (0 72 23) 8 83, Fax (0 72 23) 8 83 33, www.mew-europe.com Benelux Matsushita Electric Works West B.V. De Rijn 4, (Postbus 211), 5684 PJ Best, (5680 AE Best), Netherlands, Tel. (0499) 372727, Fax (0499) 372185, www.matsushita.nl, www.matsushita.be Czech Republic Matsushita Electric Works (CZ) s.r.o. Prumyslová 1, CZ-34815 Planá, Tel. 374799990, Fax 374799999, www.nais.cz France Matsushita Electric Works France S.A.R.L. B.P. 44, F-91371 Verrières le Buisson CEDEX, Tél. 01 60135757, Fax 01 60135758, www.matsushita-france.fr

MEW Electronic Materials (France) S.p.A. 26 Allée du Clos des Charmes, 77090 Collegien, Tél. 01 64622919, Fax 01 64622809 Germany Matsushita Electric Works Deutschland GmbH Rudolf-Diesel-Ring 2, 83607 Holzkirchen, Tel. (08024) 648-0, Fax (08024) 648-555, www.matsushita.de Ireland Matsushita Electric Works UK Ltd. Irish Branch Office, Waverley, Old Naas Road, Bluebell, Dublin 12, Tel: (01) 4600969, Fax: (01) 4601131, www.matsushita.ie Italy Matsushita Electric Works Italia s.r.l. Via del Commercio 3-5 (Z.I. Ferlina), 37012 Bussolengo (VR), Tel. (045) 6752711, Fax (045) 6700444, www.matsushita.it

MEW Building Materials (Europe) s.r.l. Viale Elvezia 18, 20154 Milano (MI), Tel. (02) 33604525, Fax (02) 33605053MEW Lighting (Europe) s.r.l. Via del Commercio 3-5 (Z.I. Ferlina), 37012 Bussolengo (VR), Tel. (045) 6703882, Fax (045) 6717420

Portugal Matsushita Electric Works España S.A. Portuguese Branch Office, Avda Adelino Amaro da Costa 728 R/C J, 2750-277 Cascais, Tel. (21) 4812520, Fax (21) 4812529 Scandinavia Matsushita Electric Works Scandinavia AB Sjöängsvägen 10, 19272 Sollentuna, Sweden, Tel. (08) 59476680, Fax (08) 59476690, www.matsushita.se

MEW Fire & Security Technology AB Citadellsvägen 23, 21118 Malmö, (040) 6977000, Fax (040) 6977099, www.mfstech.com Spain Matsushita Electric Works España S.A. Barajas Park, San Severo 20, 28042 Madrid, Tel. (91) 3293875, Fax (91) 3292976, www.matsushita.es Switzerland Matsushita Electric Works Schweiz AG Grundstrasse 8, 6343 Rotkreuz, Tel. (041) 7997050, Fax (041) 7997055, www.matsushita.ch United Kingdom Matsushita Electric Works UK Ltd. Sunrise Parkway, Linford Wood, Milton Keynes, MK14 6LF, Tel. (01908) 231555, Fax (01908) 231599, www.matsushita.co.uk

North & South America

USA Aromat Corporation Head Office USA 629 Central Avenue, New Providence, N.J. 07974, Tel. 1-908-464-3550, Fax 1-908-464-8513, www.aromat.com

Asia Pacific / China / Japan

China Matsushita Electric Works (China) Co., Ltd. 2013, Beijing Fortune, Building No. 5, Dong San Huan Bei Lu, Chaoyang District, Beijing, Tel. 86-10-6590-8646, Fax 86-10-6590-8647 Hong Kong Matsushita Electric Works (Hong Kong), Ltd. Rm1601, 16/F, Tower 2, The Gateway, 25 Canton Road, Tsimshatsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Tel. (852) 2956-3118, Fax (852) 2956-0398 Japan Matsushita Electric Works, Ltd. 1048 Kadoma, Kadoma-shi, Osaka 571-8686, Japan, Tel. 06-6908-1050, Fax 06-6908-5781, www.mew.co.jp/e-acg/ Singapore Matsushita Electric Works (Asia Pacific) Pte. Ltd. 101 Thompson Road, #25-03/05, United Square, Singapore 307591, Tel. (65) 6255-5473, Fax (65) 6253-5689

Matsushita Electric Works

Global Network

1

T A B L E O F C O N T E N T SPage

Selector Chart................................................................4Technical Terminology & Cautions For Use.............10Turquoise Switches ....................................................14

Notes For Turquoise Switches...................................15Turquoise Stroke Switches ........................................17Turquoise Switch

J Type (ABJ) ..............................................................25S Type (ABS).............................................................35V Type (ABV).............................................................46

Basic SwitchNZ (AM1) ...................................................................51

Miniature SwitchQV (AM5)...................................................................60QV (AM5): Contact gap is more than 1mm type........73NV (AH7): Heat resistant ...........................................74

Subminiature SwitchFS/FS-T (AV3/AVT3/AVM3/AVL3) ............................80FS (AV3G): Contact gap is more than 1mm type..........................92PS (AVM3P).....................................................94CS (AV6)....................................................................99

Ultra-miniature SwitchFJ (AH1) ..................................................................104

Smallest Snap-action SwitchFU (AV4)..................................................................109

Inter Lock SwitchGX (AGX).................................................................114GW (AV1) ................................................................118GL (AGL) .................................................................123

Detection SwitchFT-2Way Switch (ABC3)..........................................126FT-µ (ABC2) ............................................................130FT (ABC1)................................................................137FP (ABP8)................................................................140New FD (ABU8) .......................................................142Tip (AHF2) ...............................................................144

Standards Chart ........................................................147

Matsushita Electric Works Switch Series Covers All Markets

NEW

Snap-action Switch Series with Plenty of Variation

High Environmental Resistance Turquoise Colored Seal Switches

5.197

6.5.256

12.8.504

15.9.626

27.81.094

10.394

29.21.150

24.1.949

49.21.937

15.9.626

27.81.094

11.1.437

19.8.780

11.1.437

19.8.780

11.1.437

19.8.7802.5

.0987.5

.295

FS/FS-T SwitchesPS Switches

Turquoise SwitchesTurquoise Stroke Switches

FJ SwitchesFU Switches

NZ Basic SwitchesQV SwitchesNV Switches(Heat resistant type)

CS Switches

J typeS type V type

6.5.256

12.8.504

10.1.398

13.3.524

11.1.437

19.8.780

15.9.626

361.417

Pin plunger

Vacuum cleaner

Automotive Cultivator Multistory car park Electric cart Refrigerator

Vending machine HeaterAir conditioner Microwave oven

• Full lineup of U, J, S, V and Z types.

• New silent switch with both-sided sliding contact.

• Boosted employability with ultra-long stroke.

• IP67 type (Immersion protected)

P.51

P.14

2

NEWNEW

Door Interlock Switch for Office Automation Equipment

Miniature Detection Switches

Environmentalresistance

CompactMinute

current type

GL SwitchesGW SwitchesGX Switches

FT Switches

TIP Switches

FP Switches

FT-µ SwitchesFT-2 Way Switches

For 1-circuit line For 1-circuit line For 2-circuit lines

20.15.793

341.339

14.6.575

271.063

14.551

301.181

341.339

1.4.055

5.5.217 7.1

.280

2.3.091

3.4.134

3.4.134

6.4.252

6.2.244

3.0.118

New FD Switches

Additionof LongStroketype

Containing a photo sensor

World’s smallest class

9.3.366

9.5.374

1.4.055

3.4.134

3.5.138

1.4.055

3.4.134

3.5.138

1.4.055

3.4.134

3.5.138

1.4.055

3.4.134

3.5.138

1.4.055

5.197

5.197

Mobile phone Digital still camera Laptop computer CD-RW

(1a)

(1b)

Silicon audio player

PPC

• Suited for mobile equipment that require compactness and low energy consumption.

• High reliability at low level load.

• Complies with safety standards.

• Contributes to safety countermeasures by detecting machine tilt.

(Unit: mm inch)

P.114

P.126

*MEW data as of Aug., 2003.

Smallest worldwide* in its class: 2-directional single ultra-compact detection switch

3

Switch Selector Chart

4

• Type of switch

Turquoise

J type (Stroke switches) J type S type V type

ASQ ABJ ABS

• Features

• Compact size and ultra-long stroke

• IP67• Silent operation

• Ultra-miniature size (12.8 × 6 × 6.5 mm .504 × .236 × .256 inch)

• Adoption of elastomer double molding technology and Ultrasonic swaging technology to uniform sealing in high production quantities

• High environmental resistance

• Subminiature size (19.8 × 6.4 × 11.1 mm .780 × .252 × .437 inch)

• Adoption of Elastomer double molding technology and Ultrasonic swaging technology to uniform sealing in high production quantities


• Miniature size (33 × 10.3 × 15.9 mm 1.299 × .406 × .626 inch)

• Adoption of Ultrasonic swaging technology and epoxy sealing to uniform sealing in high production quantities


• O.F. by pin plunger (gf, Max.)

1.5N (Pin plunger)1.7N (Leaf lever)

1.5N (Simulated leaf lever)

1.23N1.96N

2.45N (Long stroke type)

0.98N1.47N

0.98N1.96N

• Max. contact rating (resistive)

Gold plating on both sides of sliding contact Silver alloy contact Silver alloy contact Silver alloy contact

100 mA 30 V DC

1.96N type2 A 125 V AC2 A 30 V DCO.F. 1.23N

1 A 125 V AC1 A 30 V DC

O.F. 2.45N (Long stroke type)1 A 125 V AC1 A 30 V DC

2 A 125 V AC2 A 250 V AC2 A 30 V DC

0.4 A 125 V DC

5 A 250 V AC (O.F. min. 1.96N)

3 A 250V AC (O.F. 0.98N)

Gold-clad contact(triple layer)

(double layer)

Gold-clad contact

3 A 250 V AC (O.F. min. 1.96N)

1 A 250 V AC (O.F. 0.98N)

Gold-clad contact 0.1 A 125 V AC0.1 A 250 V AC0.1 A 30 V DC

0.1 A 125 V AC0.1 A 30 V DC

• Rating of low-level circuit type (resistive) 1 mA 5 V DC

5 mA 6 V DC2 mA 12 V DC1 mA 24 V DC



• Expected life (min. ope.)

Electrical2 × 105

(Nominal rating)

2 × 105

(Low-level rating)

3 × 104

(Silver alloy contact type)

105

(Gold-clad contact type)

5 × 104

(Silver alloy contact type)

2 × 105

(Gold-clad contact type)

105

(Nominal rating)

106

(Low-level rating)

Mechanical — 106 5 × 106 5 × 106

• Terminal style

Quick-connect

Solder

Screw

PC board

Lead wire

Connector

• Contact material Gold-clad (Standard) Silver alloy(Low-level) Gold-clad

(Standard) Silver alloy(Low-level) Gold-clad

(Standard) Silver alloy(Low-level) Gold-clad

• UL, CSA,VDE, SEMKO — UL/CSA UL/CSA/VDE/SEMKO UL/CSA/VDE/SEMKO

• Page 17 25 35 46

13.3.524

9.6.378

NEW

6.5.256

12.8.504

12.5.492

12.8.504

11.1.437

19.8.780

16.9.665

19.8.780

15.9.626

331.299

15.9.626

361.417

ABV1

.110 .187

(IP67)

5

Unit: mm inch

Basic Miniature

NZ QV NVheat resistant

AM1 AM5 AH7

• Versatile range for all applications • Reliable design with shock resistance• High inrush current resistance• 0.1 A to 21 A type available

• Continuous use at 120°C (248°F) possible

0.69N to 5.30N 0.49N to 3.92N

<Silver alloy contact>0.49N to 3.92N

<Gold-clad contact>0.49N to 1.96N

15 A 125, 250 or 480 V AC1/8HP 125 V AC1/4HP 250 V AC1/2A 125 V DC1/4A 250 V DC

Silver alloy contact Silver alloy contact

21 A 250 V AC (EOL)* 16 A 250 V AC11 A 250 V AC6 A 250 V AC

*Product is end of life

16 A 250 V AC10 A 250 V AC5 A 250 V AC

Gold-clad contact Gold-clad contact

0.1 A 250 V AC 3 A 250 V AC1 A 250 V AC

—5 mA 6 V DC

2 mA 12 V DC1 mA 24 V DC


5 × 105 105

(Nominal rating)2 × 106

(Low-level rating) 105

2 × 107 107 107

Silver alloy (Standard) Silver alloy(Low-level) Gold-clad silver alloy Silver alloy

UL/CSA UL/CSA/VDE/SEMKO UL/CSA/VDE/SEMKO

51 60 74

49.21.937

24.1.949

27.81.094

15.9.626

27.81.094

15.9.626

.187 .250 .187 .250


6

• Type of switch

Subminiature

FS/FS-T FS: Greater than 1mm of contact gap PS CS

AV3/AVT3/AVM3/AVL3 AV3 AVM3 AV6

• Features

• Consistent quality and high precision through sophisticated automatic fabrication system

• Low-level circuit types available

• Long life version available

• Contact gap of greater than 1mm .039inch

• Door inter-lock switch for OA equipment

• High capacity micro switch• In-line terminals make

soldering works easy

• Using a connector for connections significantly improves operation effectiveness

• Contact reliability is achived by simple dust prevension guard and gold-clad double layer contacts

• O.F. by pin plunger (gf, Max.)

<Standard>0.25N

(Gold-clad)0.49N0.98N

<Long life version>1.47N

1.47N 1.47N 0.50N1.50N


<Standard>3 A 250 V AC3 A 30 V DC

0.4 A 125 V DC<Long life version>

5 A 250 V AC5 A 30 V DC

0.4 A 125 V DC<Au clad contact>

0.1 A 250 V AC(Triple layer)

0.1 A 30 V DC

3 A 30 V AC 10.1 A 250 V AC 0.1 A 30 V DC

• Rating of low-level circuit type (resistive)

1 to 100 mA, 5 to 30 V DC (Double layer)

1 to 100 mA, 5 to 250 V AC (Triple layer)

— — —


Electrical 5 × 104 104 5 × 104 2 × 105

Mechanical 5 × 105

3 × 107 (Long life version) 5 × 105 3 × 107 5 × 105

• Terminal style

Quick-connect

Solder

Screw

PC board

Lead wire

Connector

• Contact material(Standard) Silver alloy

(Low-level) Gold-clad triple layer, double layer

Silver alloy Silver alloy Gold-clad silver alloy

• UL, CSA,VDE, SEMKO UL/CSA/VDE/SEMKO UL/CSA/TÜV/SEMKO UL/CSA/(VDE)/SEMKO UL/CSA/TÜV

• Page 80 92 94 99

19.8.780

11.433

19.8.780

11.433

19.8.780

11.433

19.8.780

11.1.437

10.394

29.21.150

.110 .110

7

Unit: mm inch

Ultra-miniature Inter Lock Switch

FJ FU GX GW GL

AH1 AV4 AGX AV1 AGL4

• Ultra-miniature size (12.8 × 6 × 6.5 mm/12.7 × 6 × 6 mm .504 × .236 × .256 inch/.500 × .236 × .236 inch)

• Flux-resistant construction• Flat terminal

• Super miniature size (7.5 × 2.5 × 5 mm .295 × .098 × .197 inch)

• Solder terminal type with mounting holes available

• Mechanical life 3 × 105

• Snap-in mounting type• Satisfying the

downsizing needs 14 mm .551 inch in depth

• Contact gap of greater than 4 mm .157 inch

• Dual restoration spring mechanism

• Insuration distance 8 mm (snap-in mounting 2 form A and 3 form A type)

• 2-circuit line–high capacity load contact and low-level circuit load contact

0.74N1.47N 0.98N

<Standard>1a: 3.92N2a: 3.92N3a: 5.88N

<High capacity>1a: 4.90N

2a·3a: 5.88N

1a: 4.90N1b: 2.94N

1a1b: 5.88N2a: 7.85N3a: 9.81N

3.23N

O.F. 1.47N type3 A 125 V AC2 A 30 V DC

O.F. 0.74N type1 A 125 V AC1 A 30 V DC

<Ag contact>0.5 A 30 V DC<Au contact>0.1 A 30 V DC

<Standard>10.1 A 250 V AC<High capacity>

16 A 250 V AC (EOL)*


16 A 380 V AC (EOL)*


(High capacity load contact: 1a)

5 A 250 V AC6 A 30 V DC

(Low-level circuit load contact: 1a)

0.1 A 125 V AC10 mA 8 V DC

Au clad contact5 mA 6 V DC


— —5 mA 6 V DC


3 × 104 2 × 104

(Au type: 2 × 105) 1 × 105 5 × 104 105

106

(O.F. 0.74 N)5 × 105

(O.F. 1.47 N)

3 × 105 1 × 106 106 105

(Standard) Silver alloy(Low-level) Gold-clad silver alloy

(Standard) Silver alloy(Low-level) Gold plating Silver alloy Silver alloy Silver alloy

UL/CSA — UL/CSA/VDE/TÜV/SEMKO

UL/CSA/VDE/TÜV/SEMKO UL/CSA/TÜV/SEMKO

104 109 114 118 123

12.8.504

6.5.256

7.5.295

5.197

2.5.098

14.6.575

14.551

271.063 30

1.181

341.339

341.339

20.15.793

.250 .250


8

• Type of switch

Detection Switch

FT-2way SW FT-µ SW FT SW FP

ABC3 ABC2 ABC1 ABP8

• Features

• Detect laterally in two directions with a single switch

• Ultra compact and slim for space saving

• Supports low level loads with twin gold plate contacts

• World’s smallest• Ultra-low profile 1.4 mm .055

inch• Original coil mechanism

serves a high contact reliability and wiping effect

• Horizontal and vertical mounting types are available and detecting from horizontal and vertical directions is possible

• High overtravel (1.3 mm .051 inch) makes it easy for installation. (Long stroke type)

• Ultra-low profile 1.4 mm .055 inch

• The unique coil spring-activated mechanism yields a light operating force and a high overtravel to faciliate installation

• Detecting from vertical and horizontal direction is possible

• Ultra-miniature size• Low operating force• High contact reliability

in a low-level load by sliding crossbar contacts

• O.F. by pin plunger (gf, Max.) 0.3N 0.3N 0.3N 0.3N


5 µA to

10 mA 5 V DC

0.01 mA 5 V DC to

10 mA 5 V DC

0.01 mA 5 V DC to

10 mA 5 V DC

0.01 mA 5 V DC to

100 mA 10 V DC

• Rating of low-level circuit type (resistive) — — — —


Electrical105

(5 mA 5 V DC to 10 mA 5 V DC)

105

(0.01 mA 5 V DC to 10 mA 5 V DC)

105

(0.01 mA 5 V DC to 10 mA 5 V DC)

5 × 104

(0.1 A 10 V DC)105

(0.1 mA 5 V DC)

Mechanical — — — —

• Terminal style

Quick-connect

Solder

Screw

PC board

Lead wire

Connector

• Contact material Gold-clad Gold-clad Gold-clad Gold-clad

• UL, CSA,VDE, SEMKO — — — —

• Page 126 130 137 140

5.197

5.197

1.4.055

NEW

3.5.138

3.4.134

1.4.055

3.5.138

3.4.134

1.4.055

NEW (Addition of Long stroke type)

1.4.055

5.5.217

4.8.189 3.4

.1342.3

.091

SMD SMD SMD

9

Unit: mm inch

Detection Switch

New FD Tip SW

ABU8 AHF2

• Low operating force Max. 0.34N 1.235 oz

• High contact reliability in a low-level load by sliding crossbar contacts

• Reflow soldering available

• Photo sensor inside• The contact type is

equivalent to normally closed contacts, which satisfies the PL Act.

0.34N Operation angle: 25 to 60 degrees

3 mA 6 V DC to

100 mA 30 V DC

Photo transistor Please refer to the inside of catalog

— —

5 × 104

(0.1 A 30 V DC)105

(1 mA 5 V DC)

105

105 105

Gold-clad Silver alloy

— —

142 144

6.4.252

6.2.244 9.3

.366

9.5.374

Unit: mm inch

TECHNICAL TERMINOLOGY & CAUTIONS FOR USE

10

TECHNICAL TERMINOLOGY

CAUTIONS FOR USE

TECHNICAL TERMINOLOGY & CAUTIONS FOR USE1. Rated valuesValues indicating the characteristics and performance guarantee standards of the snap-action switches. The rated current and rated voltage, for instance, assume specific conditions (type of load, current, voltage, frequency, etc.).2. Mechanical lifeThe service life when operated at a preset operating frequency without passing electricity through the contacts. (The life test is performed at a switching frequency of 60 times/minute and operating speed of 100 mm/second at the regular cam.)3. Electrical lifeThe service life when the rated load is connected to the contact and switching operations are performed. (The life test is performed at a switching frequency of 20 times/minute and operating speed of 100 mm/second at the regular cam.)4. Contact formThis refers to the components determining the type of application which make up the electrical input/output circuits in the contact.

5. Insulation resistanceResistance between noncontinuous terminals, terminals and metal parts not carrying current, and between terminals

and the ground.6. Withstand voltageThreshold limit value that a high voltage can be applied to a predetermined measuring location for one minute without causing damage to the insulation.7. Contact resistanceThis indicates the electrical resistance at the contact part. Generally, this resistance includes the conductor resistance of the spring and terminal portions.8. Vibration resistanceMalfunction vibration ... Vibration range where a closed contact does not open for longer than a specified time due to vibrations during use of the snap-action switches.9. Shock resistanceShock durability ... Shock range where the mechanical shocks received during snap-action switches transport and installation do not damage the parts or harm the operating characteristics. Malfunction shock ... Shock range where a closed contact does not open for longer than a specified time due to shocks during use of the snap-action switches.10. Operating Force (O.F.)The force required to cause contact snap-action. It is expressed terms of force applied to the plunger or the actuator.11. Release Force (R.F.)The force to be applied to the plunger or the actuator at the moment contact snaps back from operated position to unoperated position.12. Pretravel (P.T.)Distance of the plunger or the actuator movement from free position to operating position.

13. Overtravel (O.T.)The distance which the plunger or the actuator is permitted to travel after actuation without any damage to the switching mechanism.14. Movement Differential (M.D.)The distance from operating to release position of the plunger or the actuator.15. Operating Position (O.P.)The position of the plunger or the actuator when the traveling contacts snaps with the fixed contact.16. Free Position (F.P.)Position of the switch plunger or the actuator when no force is applied to. 17. Overtravel Position (O.T.P.)The stopping position of the plunger or the actuator after total travel. 18. Release Position (R.P.)The position of the plunger or the actuator when the traveling contact snaps back from operating position to its original position.The following terminologies are applied to all our switches.

Switchingtype

Normallyclosed type

Normallyopen type

Terminal symbolsCOM:NC:NO:

COM

NC

NC

NO

NO

COM

COM

Common terminalNormally closed terminalNormally open terminal

Center of mounting holes

F.P.

O.F.R.F.

T.T.

M.D.O.T.

T T.P.

O.P.

P.T. T.F.

R.P.

Technical Notes on Mechanical Characteristics1. Actuation Force and StrokeAdequate stroke setting is the key to high reliability. It is also important that adequate contact force be ’maintained to ensure high reliability. For a normally closed circuit, the driving mechanism should be set so that the actuator is normally in the free position. For a normally open circuit, the actuator should be pressed to 70% to 100% of the specified stroke to absorb possible errors.If the stroke is set too close to the operating point (O.P.), this may cause unstable contact, and in the worst case

may cause actuator damage due to inertia of the drive mechanism. It is advisable that the stroke be adjusted with the mounting plate or driving mechanism.The figure at right shows a typical example of activation and contact forces varying with stroke. In the vicinity of the O.P. and R.P., the contact force is diminished, causing chatter and contact bounce immediately before or after reversal. For this reason, use the switch while giving due consideration to this. This also causes the snap action switch to be sensitive to vibration or physical impact.

OF

RF

PT

NCOn FP

On reversal

On reversalOn OTP

NO

Stroke

Stroke

MD OT

FP RP OP TTP

Con

tact

forc

eO

pera

ting

forc

e


11

2. Changes in Operation CharacteristicsExercise design care so that malfunctions will not occur if the snap action switch characteristics vary by as much as 20% from, rated values. 3. Mechanical Conditions for Type SelectionActuator type should be selected according to activation method, activation

speed, activation rate, and activation frequency.1) An extremely slow activation speed may cause unstable contact transfer, possibly resulting in contact failures or contact fusion.2) An extremely high activation speed may cause damage to contacts or contact response failure.

4. Driving MechanismUse of a driving mechanism which will cause physical impact to the actuator should be avoided.

<Example>

Bad Good

Technical Notes on Electrical Characteristics1. The snap-action switch is designed for AC operations. While it has small contact gaps and no arc absorber, it may be used for low-capacity DC operations. (However, a DC magnetic blow-out switch is available in the NZ Basic Switches.)2. For applications with very small switching voltage or current, choose the dry circuit type.

3. Application to Electronic Circuits1) The snap-action switch contacts can sustain bounce or chatter when closed. Bounce or chatter can cause noise or pulse count errors when the snap action switch is used in electronic circuits.2) If contact bounce or chatter poses problems in the vicinity of the O.P. and R.P., use a suitable absorption network, such as a C/R network.4. Check the surge current, normal current and surge duration.5. Contact resistance given in performance specifications is measured with a voltage drop method using 6 to 8 V DC, 1 A (except for low-level load type). Contact resistance across COM and NC terminals is measured in the open position, while contact resistance across COM and NO terminals is measured in the closed position.

6. Ratings are measured under the following conditions:Inductive load:Power factor = 0.6 to 0.7Time constant = 7 ms or less (DC) 7. To prevent contact fusion failure, be sure to use a serial resistance for each capacitive load.8. If snap action switch operation is synchronized with the AC supply phase, this may cause: shortened electrical life, contact fusion failure, contact transfer, or other reliability problems.

Small current and voltage Application Range(Dry Circuit type)

500

100

50

5

2

1 4 8 12 16 20 24

10

DC voltage (VDC)

Cur

rent

(m

A)

Cautions in a circuit1. Contact protection is recommended when snap-action switches are used in an inductive load circuit. (except for NZ Basic Switches magnetic blow-out types for DC)

2. Do not connect the contacts on individual switches to different type or different poles of the power supply.Examples of power supply connections (connection to different poles)

Example of wrong power supply connection (connection to different poles of power supply)This may lead to mixed DC and AC.

3. Avoid circuits which apply voltage between contacts. (This may lead to mixed deposition.)

Circuit diagram Notes

Rdiode

RZNRVaristor

r

cR

r c R

1.

2.

Can be used for both AC and DC circuits.Impedance of r is nearly equal to impedance of L.C: 0.1 µF

For DC circuits only.

Can be used for both AC and DC circuits.

r = more than 10 ohmsIn an AC circuit.Impedance of L is to be slightly smaller than impedance of r and c.

PL

Wrong

Solenoid load

Lamp load

PL

Right

Solenoid load

Lamp load

Load connected to same pole

L

Load

L

Load

AC

DC

Wrong

Wrong

L

100V

200V


12

Mounting state and environment1. Checking the insulation distanceAfter mounting and wiring, check the insulation distance between terminals and the ground. If the insulation distance is inadequate, mount insulating material between as required.2. Fastening the microswitch bodySee the Section “NOTES” for the individual switch.3. Position adjustment with effectorThe effector should be positioned so that direct force is not applied to the pushbutton or actuator in its free position. The operating force to the pushbutton should only be applied in a perpendicular direction.4. Soldering precautions1) For manual soldering, lay the terminals flat (horizontal with the ground) and quickly perform the soldering operation using a soldering iron with the appropriate heat capacity and the proper amount of solder. Take care that the flux does not flow into the switch interior by using a ventilation fan to discharge flux gas and to prevent contact of the switch body with the soldering iron tip. Be careful not to apply force to the lead wires or the terminal portions immediately after soldering.The temperature setting and time conditions vary depending on the product. See the Section “NOTES” for each product.2) For automatic soldering also, see the Section “NOTES” for each product.

5. Avoid using in a silicon atmosphereAvoid using organic silicon rubber, adhesives, sealing compounds, oil, grease, and wires in a silicon atmosphere.6. Please consult us when using under the following conditions:1) Environments where hydrogen sulfide or other corrosive gases are present.2) Environments where gasoline, thinner or other flammable, explosive gases are present.3) Dusty environments (for non-seal type snap action switches).

4) The perpendicular operating speed exceeds the allowable operating speed.5) Switching between different poles.6) Use in environments not in the prescribed temperature or humidity range.7. Storage precautionsTo prevent discoloration due to sulfurization of the terminals (silver- plated), store the switches in a polyethylene bag or other suitable airtight container.8. Usage, storage, and transport conditions1) During usage, storage, or transportation, avoid locations subject to direct sunlight and maintain normal temperature, humidity, and pressure conditions. The allowable specifications for environments suitable for usage, storage, and transportation are given below.• Temperature: The allowable temperature range differs for each switch, so refer to the switch’s individual specifications. In addition, when transporting or storing switches while they are tube packaged, there are cases when the temperature may differ from the allowable range. In this situation, be sure to consult the individual specifications.• Humidity: 5 to 85% R.H.

• Pressure: 86 to 106 kPaThe humidity range varies with the temperature. Use within the range indicated in the graph below.2) CondensationCondensation forms when there is a sudden change in temperature under high temperature, high humidity conditions Condensation will cause deterioration of the switch insulation.3) FreezingCondensation or other moisture may freeze on the switch when the temperatures is lower than 0°C 32°F. This causes problems such as sticking of movable parts or operational time lags.

4) Low temperature, low humidity environmentsThe plastic becomes brittle if the switch is exposed to a low temperature, low humidity environment for long periods of time.5) Storage for extended periods of time (including transportation periods) at high temperatures or high humidity levels or in atmospheres with organic gases or sulfide gases may cause a sulfide film or oxide film to form on the surfaces of the contacts and/or it may interfere with the functions. Check out the atmosphere in which the units are to be stored and transported.6) In terms of the packing format used, make every effort to keep the effects of moisture, organic gases and sulfide gases to the absolute minimum.9. We reserve the right to modify without notice the materials, internal components, and other parts to improve product quality.10. Handling precautionsWhen handling the switches, be careful not to drop them on the floor since this may damage them.For items 5. and 6., select contact sulfurization (clipping) prevention products (FS and Au clad 2-layer contacts) for use with extremely small loads or an environment-resistant Turquoise switch.11. 1) Failure modes of switches include short-circuiting, open-circuiting and temperature rises. If this switch is to be used in equipment where safety is a prime consideration, examine the possible effects of these failures on the equipment concerned, and ensure safety by providing protection circuits or protection devices. In terms of the systems involved, make provision for redundancy in the design and take steps to achieve safety design.2) The ambient operating temperature (and humidity) range quoted is the range in which the switch can be operated on a continuous basis: it does not mean that using the switch within the rating guarantees the durability performance and environment withstanding performance of the switch. For details on the performance guarantee, check the specifications of each product concerned.

<Examples>Soldering iron tip

Wrong Correct

Tolerance range

(Avoidcondensation whenused at temperatureshigher than 0°C 32°F)

(Avoid freezing whenused at temperatureslower than 0°C 32°F)

85

5

–40–40

0+32

+85+185

Temperature, °C °F

Humidity, %R.H.


13

Types of actuators

Shape Class. Pretravel (P.T.)

Overtravel (O. T.)

Operating Force (O. F.)

Vibration Shock Features

Pin plunger Small Small Large Out-standing

Appropriate for linear short-stroke action. Pin plunger acts directly on snap action mechanism, enabling high-precision positioning. Amount of movement after operation is smallest among all of the actuators, however, so reliable stopper is required.

Spring small plunger Small Medium Large Excellent Used in much the same way as the pin plunger, but is easier to use because

the amount of movement after operation is larger.

Spring short plunger Small Medium Large Good Pin plunger is short, with large plunger diameter that makes centering easier.

Like small spring plunger, amount of movement after operation is large.

Panel attachment plunger Small Large Large Good

Secured to panel with hex or lock nut; used as manual or mechanical plunger. Amount of movement after operation is extremely large and operation point can be adjusted by changing attachment position. Can be used in combination with low-speed cam.

Panel attachment roller plunger Small Large Large Possible This is the panel attachment type with a roller, and can be used with fast-

moving cams and dogs..

Hinge lever Large Medium Small PossibleLittle force required for operation. Appropriate for use with low-speed cams and dogs; has large stroke.Lever available in various shapes to fit operating unit.

Simulated roller lever Large Medium Small Possible Tip of hinge lever is bent into a semi-circle, enabling use as a simple roller type.

Leaf lever Large Large Small Excellent Play in lever is used to assure maximum stroke. Construction provides for space where lever is attached, for outstanding resistance to freezing.

Hinge roller lever Large Medium Small Possible

This is a hinge lever with a roller, and can be used with high-speed cams and dogs.The force required for pin plunger action is lighter than that of the lever, and the stroke is longer.

One way action hinge roller lever Medium Medium Medium Possible

This is hinge roller lever type, and can operate in relation to an operating unit from a one way direction, but the roller is bent from the opposite direction and cannot move.This can be used to prevent reverse-direction action.

Leaf spring Medium Medium Medium GoodThis has a leaf spring with offset yield force and has a large stroke. Ideal for driving low-speed cams and cylinders. Fulcrum is fixed for high precision. To prevent leaf damage, movement after operation must be within specified value.

Roller leaf spring Medium Medium Medium Good This is a leaf spring with a roller, and can be used with high-speed cams.

(O.C. reversed action groove type)Reverse-action hinge lever

Large Small Medium ExcellentThis is used for low-speed, low-torque cams. The lever comes in various shapes to fit the operating body.

The plunger is constantly pressed down by a coiled spring, and operating the lever induces reverse action.Because the plunger is depressed when not engaged, vibration and shock resistance are excellent.Pressing the plunger too far does not cause abnormal force to be applied to the switch mechanism, so a stable service life is assured.

(O.C. reversed action groove type)Reverse-action hinge roller lever

Medium Medium Medium Excellent

This is a reverse-action hinge lever with a roller and is appropriate for cam operation. Excellent resistance to vibration and impact when not engaged.

(O.C. reversed action groove type)Reverse-action hinge roller short lever

Small Medium Large Excellent

This is a shorter version of the reverse-action hinge lever with a roller and has a larger action force, but is appropriate for cam operation with a short stroke. Excellent resistance to vibration and impact when not engaged.

Rotating-action type Large Large Small Possible This is a rotating, light-action type that is ideal for detecting paper, coins, and

similar objects.

TURQUOISE SWITCHES

14

High Environmental Resistance Turquoise Colored Seal Switches

TURQUOISE SWITCHESAgainst dust, gas and water Elastomer double molding technology, an industry first,

and ultrasonic swaging technology contribute to uniform sealing in high production quantities IP67 type (immersion protected)Broad lineup: J, S and V models make up over 1,000 types.

AvailableLineupJ type S type V type

Size Type

Terminal

Con

tact

Actuator

Mou

ntin

g ho

le

Sol

der

PC board

.110

qu

ick-

conn

ect

.187

qu

ick-

conn

ect

Wire

lead

s

Pin

plu

nger

Hin

ge le

ver

Sho

rt h

inge

le

ver

Long

hin

ge

leve

rS

imul

ated

rol

ler

leve

r

Rol

ler

leve

r

Sho

rt r

olle

r le

ver

Leaf

leve

r

Str

aigh

t

Ang

leJ

typeTerminals Au, Ag M1.2,

M2.3, M3Wire leads Au, Ag

S type

Terminals Au, Ag M2.3

Wire leads Au, Ag

V type

Terminals Au, Ag M3

Wire leads Au, Ag

Ultrasonic swaging process

Elastomer double molding

Protective grade of body:IP67

Rubber cap

Cover

Dust and immersionprotected type

Body

The rubber cap is securely sealed to the switch cover during an ultrasonic swaging process.

The industry's first elastomer double molding technology is used to mold the elastomer to the switch body.A reliable seal of the body and cover is achieved.

Cross section of the rubber cap

Ultrasonic swaging process: A process which bends the material through ultrasonic vibration.

Cross section of wire leads type

Cover Rubber cap Cover Rubber cap

Rubber capConformingto IP67

Terminalpositionconformingto IP67

Epoxy resin(internal)

Wire leads

Elastomerdoublemolding

Common for dustprotected andimmersionprotected type Elastomer: Elastic thermoplastic resin

Elastomerdouble molding

ConstructionThe dust protected type (IP50) and the immersion protected type (IP67) pass the following tests, respectively. The immersion protected type is especially tested to check for the entry of water after soaking for a certain period of time. Avoid operation where they are immersed in water.

[Test conditions]• Dust protected type (IP50)The powder circulation pump may be replaced by other means suitable to maintain the talcum powder in suspension in a closed test chamber. The talcum powder used shall be able to pass through a square- meshed sieve the nominal wire diameter of which is 50 µm and the nominal width between wires 75

µm. The amount of talcum powder to be used is 2 kg per cubic metre of the test chamber volume. The duration of the test is 8 hours.• Immersion protected type (IP67)The lowest point of enclosures should be least 1,000 mm below the surface of the water. The duration of the test is 30 minutes.

NOTES FOR TURQUOISE SWITCHES

15

TURQUOISE SWITCHES IMPORTANT NOTES REGARDING USE1. Fastening of the switch bodyFasten the switch body onto a smooth surface using the correct screw as shown in the chart below and tighten it with the prescribed torque. Be careful not to exceed the prescribed torque when tightening as this may adversely affect the sealing properties and switch functioning, and also cause damage. If using a torque driver, verify that it is set to the prescribed torque. Also, we recommend that you use a spring washer and adhesive to prevent loosening and to lessen the tightening load on the switch.

2) Fixed pin typeTo secure the switch unit, thermally crimp or press-fit the mounting pins. If the pins are to be press-fitted, install a guide on the opposite surface to the mounting pins to prevent them from slipping out of position and developing play.3) Be sure to maintain adequate insulating clearance between each terminal and ground.4) The positioning of the switch should be such that direct force is not applied to the pushbutton or actuator in its free position. The operating force to the pushbutton should only be applied in a perpendicular direction.5) The standard value of overtravel used should be within the range of 70% to 100% of the rated O.T. value.6) When soldering the V-type turquoise switch or the immersion protected type of the J and S type switches, the sealing material sometimes forms a lump or bulge at the base of the terminal or lead. Be sure to allow enough space for this when attaching the switch.2. Soldering operations1) Manual soldering: use soldering irons (max. 350°C 662°F) capable of temperature adjustment. This is to prevent deterioration due to soldering heat. Care should be taken not to apply force to the terminals during soldering.Specifications

2) Terminal portions should not be moved within 1 minute after soldering.3. Variance of operating characteristicsAllow for up to ±20% variation of the

specified characteristics values to compensate for long term operational wear of the switch in your design.4. Cautions regarding use1) When switching inductive loads (relays, solenoids, buzzers, etc.), an arc absorbing circuit is recommended to protect the contacts.2) If switching of the contact is synchronized with the phase of the AC power, reduced electrical life or welded contact may occur. Therefore, test the switch while it is operating under actual loads for this condition. If found, you may wish to take corrective action in your design.3) In the following operating condition, the electrical life might be greatly reduced depending upon the switching load. Please consult us before use.• Switching operation at a high or low speed (near limits specified).4) If the build up of dust or dirt becomes so severe that it requires the use of the attached lever, there is the concern that the flexible part may be impeded and return movement may not be possible. In this situation take the following precautions:• Select a product number for a switch with a higher operation load or use a leaf type lever.• Attach a protective cover to the lever.5) If the leaf lever type switch is excessively pushed (pushed further than the operational limit position) or switching is done at high speed or is accompanied by the impact, the lever will break. Please be careful. Also, be careful with the BV short roller lever type switch as improper return may result from pressing too much.5. Protection from dust, water and corrosive gas1) The pin button and the space around the body cap Turquoise switches are sealed with elastic material, the terminal portion is integrally molded. This prevents dust entry and protects the switch against corrosive gases. Wireleaded types are recommended for applications subject to water or oil splash. However, avoid soaking these immersion protected types in oil or water, because they types are not of completely oil tight construction.2) Take care that breathing actions don’t allow water vapor to get inside during opening and closing or cause rapid temperature changes.3) Keep away from environments where silicon based adhesives, oil or grease are present as faulty contacts may result from silicon oxide. Do not use in areas where flammable or explosive gases from gasoline and thinner, etc., may be

present.• Dust protection testTest conditions:Dust-protected switches ... Repeatedly pass pure talc powder through a standard wire sieve with a 75mm nominal diameter so that the talc is suspended in the air around the switch area. Two kilograms of talc powder should be suspended for each cubic meter of laboratory space. The talc suspension should then be left for eight hours.

• Waterproof testTest conditions:Immersion protected IP67 switches ... Submerge at 1 m below the water surface for 30 minutes.

• Hydrogen sulfide exposure testTest conditions:Concentration: 3 ppmTemperature: 40°C 104°FHumidity: 75% RH

6. Oil-proof and chemical-proof characteristicsThe rubber elastomer swells when exposed to oil and chemicals. The extent of swelling will vary widely depending on the type and amount of oil and chemicals. Check with the actual oil or chemicals used.In particular, be aware that solvents such as freon, chlorine, and toluene cannot be used.

Screws Tightening torque

ABJ

M1.2 Not more than 0.098N·m



ABS M2.3 Not more than 0.29N·m

ABV M3.0 Not more than 0.49N·m

Wattage Soldering time

ABJ 18 W Within 3 seconds

ABS 60 W Within 3 seconds

ABV 60 W Within 5 seconds

1Ω

100mΩ

10mΩ

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24

Standardvalue 8 hours

Elapsed time (h)

Con

tact

res

ista

nce

1000

100

10

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24

Standard value30 minutes

Elapsed time (h)

Insu

latio

n re

sist

ance

(M

Ω)

0 100 200 300 400 500

100Ω

10Ω

1Ω

100mΩ

10mΩ

Elapsed time (h)

Con

tact

res

ista

nce

Turquoise switches

Typical products

NOTES FOR TURQUOISE SWITCHES

16

7. Washability (ABJ and ABS)The Turquoise switch terminal with lead wires type and without lead wires typeshare the same main body. As a result, if the print board terminal type satisfies the set conditions, then it can undergo a complete cleaning after automatic soldering. After soldering is completed, perform cleaning within the prescribed temperature and time range, and pay careful attention to the following points.1) Perform proper temperature, time, drying control in the cleaning process in order to prevent absorption of the liquid due to respiratory action. Be particularly careful that all the water droplets in the switch area are cleaned off in the final drying process.

2) Some cleaning liquids (solvents) may harm the rubber parts. Use water or a weak alkaline water solution.3) Ultrasonic cleaning methods may damage the internal components or contacts. Use immersion or shower cleaning methods. In addition to the above points, the use of automatic cleaning equipment is particularly recommended for easy control of the process temperature and time.The recommended cleaning conditions for the Turquoise switches are shown below.However, please evaluate the actual cleaning process to verify its suitability for the switch.

Recommended Cleaning Method

Cleaning

Water or weak alkalinewater solution

70 deg.C3 minutes max.

70 deg.C3 minutes max.

90 deg.C3 minutes min.(until the waterdroplets aroundthe switch area are gone)

Roomtemperature1 minutemax.

Roomtemperature1 minutemax.

Rinse

Water Drying

REFERENCE1. Dust-protected typeThis type of construction prevents dust that is large enough to have an effect on operation from getting inside the unit. This construction is stipulated by protective classes against solid matter in the IEC standards (IEC529).Test conditions: The switch is left for eight hours in a test chamber with a constant level of floating pure talc that has passed through a standard 75mm sieve, in a concentration of 2kg of talc per cubic meter of volume in the test chamber.2. Immersion-protected typeThis type of construction prevents any harmful effects even after the device is left underwater at a depth of one meter for thirty minutes. This construction is stipulated by protective classes against water in the IEC standards (IEC529).3. IEC’s IP CodesThe IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) has defined the IP characteristic code that represents the levels of protection described in IEC standard 529. The two numbers that follow the IP code (the characteristics numbers) indicate the suitability of this protection for all environmental conditions.

• Level of Protection Indicated by the 1st Characteristics Number

• Level of Protection Indicated by the 2nd Characteristics Number

Note: Details of test conditions are the same as JIS C 0920. Please refer to them.

1st characteristics number

2nd characteristics number

IP

1st Characteristics

Number

Protection level (IEC529/Solid matter)

0 No protection

1 Protected against solid matter larger than 50mm

2 Protected against solid matter larger than 12mm

3 Protected against solid matter larger than 2.5mm

4 Protected against solid matter larger than 1.0mm

5

Dust-protected typePrevents dust that is large enough to have an effect on operation from getting inside the unit

6Dust-resistant typePrevents dust from getting inside the unit

JIS C0920

2nd Charac-teristics Number

Protection level (IEC529/Liquid

matter)

0 No protection

Droplet-protected type I

1

Protected against water droplets that fall perpendicular to the unit

Droplet-protected type II

2

Protected against water droplets that fall from within 15° of perpendicular to the unit

Rain-protected type

3

Protected against water droplets that fall from within 60° of perpendicular to the unit

Splash-protected type

4

Protected against water that splashes on the unit from any direction

Spray-protected type

5

Free from adverse effects even if sprayed directly with water from any direction

Water-resistant type

6

Protected against water sprayed directly on the unit from any direction

Immersion-protected type

7

Water does not get inside of the unit when submerged in water according to the specified conditions

Underwater type 8 Unit can be used

underwater

ASQ1

17

ORDERING INFORMATION

ULTRA-LONG STROKE, HIGH CONTACT

RELIABILITY SEAL SWITCHES

(SAME SIZE AS J TYPE)

TURQUOISE STROKE

SWITCHESFEATURES1. Same size as J type with ultra-long stroke. For pin plunger type, it maintains an ultra-long stroke O.T. (Over Travel) with over 2.2 mm on the NO side and over 2.5 mm on the NC side. Variations in operation can be absorbed.2. Since contact pressure does not depend on the operation stroke, the range of possible use over the entire stroke is greatly increased.(Please refer to operation concept diagram.)3. High contact reliability to support low level switching loadsHigh contact reliability is maintained with gold plating on both sides of sliding contact.4. Highly effective sealing for resistance against adverse environmentsImmersion protection type• JIS C0920 (water-resistance

experiments for electrical machines and protection rating against incursion of solid substances)

D2• JIS D0203 (method for testing moisture

resistance and water resistance in automotive components)

IP67• IEC529 (rating for outer shell protection)

5. Silent operationWith sliding contact construction there is no operation noise.6. Direct operation possible from lateral direction with pin plunger (lever-less operation allows space savings)7. Contains no harmful substances (mercury, lead, sexivalent chrome, cadmium)

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS1. Automobiles (detection of door opening and closing and shift lever position, etc.)2. Household appliances (propane stoves, vacuum cleaners, air conditioners, and washing machines, etc.)

NEW

Type of switch

ASQ1: Turquoisestrokeswitch

Size of mounting hole

0:

1:

3 mm .118 inch standard type3 mm .118 inch without boss type

Terminal

2: 3: 4: 5: 6:

Wire leads right side type (NC and NO type only)Wire leads left side type (NC and NO type only)Solder terminalPC board terminalWire leads (bottom type)

Contact form

1: 2:

3:

SPDSSPST-NC (wire lead type only)SPST-NO (wire lead type only)

Actuator

0: 7: 8:

Pin plungerLeaf leverSimulated leaf lever

Ex. ASQ1

Remark: Not every combination is available. Please refer to the following table, “PRODUCT TYPES”.

ASQ1

18

OPERATION CONCEPT DIAGRAM (reference)Contact form: terminal type

PRODUCT TYPES1. Terminal type (Mounting hole: 3mm standard type/3mm without boss type)

2. Wire leads bottom type (Mounting hole: 3mm standard type)

3. Wire leads side type (Mounting hole: 3mm standard type)

RATING1. Rating1 mA, 5 V DC to 100 mA, 30 V DCNote: Please consult us regarding 42 V DC rating.2. Operation environment and conditions

Note: When switching at low and high speeds or under vibration, or in high-temperature, high-humidity environments, working life and performance may be reduced remarkably depending on the load capacity. Please consult us.

3. Electrical characteristics

Actuator Operating force Max.Mounting hole: 3mm standard type Mounting hole: 3mm without boss type

Solder terminal PC board terminal

Pin plunger 1.5N ASQ10410 ASQ11510

Leaf lever 1.7N ASQ10417 ASQ11517

Simulated leaf lever 1.5N ASQ10418 ASQ11518

Actuator Operating force Max.Wire leads bottom type (Mounting hole: 3mm standard type)

Switching type NC type NO type

Pin plunger 1.5N ASQ10610 ASQ10620 ASQ10630

Leaf lever 1.7N ASQ10617 ASQ10627 ASQ10637

Simulated leaf lever 1.5N ASQ10618 ASQ10628 ASQ10638

Actuator Operating force Max.Wire leads right side type

(Mounting hole: 3mm standard type)Wire leads left side type

(Mounting hole: 3mm standard type)

NC type NO type NC type NO type

Pin plunger 1.5N ASQ10220 ASQ10230 ASQ10320 ASQ10330

Leaf lever 1.7N ASQ10227 ASQ10237 ASQ10327 ASQ10337

Simulated leaf lever 1.5N ASQ10228 ASQ10238 ASQ10328 ASQ10338

Item Specifications

Ambient and storage temperature –40°C to +85°C –40°F to +185°F (no freezing and condensing)

Allowable operating speed 30 to 500 mm/sec.

Max. operating cycle rate 120 cpm

Withstand voltage (Initial) Between non-continuous terminals: 600 Vrms, Between each terminal and other exposed metal parts: 1,500 Vrms, Between each terminal and ground: 1,500 Vrms (at detection current of 1 mA)

Insulation resistance (Initial) Min. 100 MΩ (at 100 V DC insulation resistance meter) (Locations measured same as withstand voltage.)

Contact resistance (Initial) Max. 1 Ω (at contact resistance meter)

Contact pressure

Range of possible use

Operation load

OP (NC)

OT (NC)Intermediary OFF range

FP

OP (NO)

OT (NO) TTP

Stroke

TF

OF

0

0

NO side

NC side

Sta

ndar

d (m

ount

ing

boss

and

ho

le c

ente

r di

amet

er o

r st

ando

ff)

Operationload

NOside

NCside

ASQ1

19

4. Characteristics

Notes: As long as there are no particular designations, the following conditions apply to the test environment.• Ambient temperature: 5 to 35°C 41 to 95°F• Relative humidity: 25 to 85% RH• Air pressure: 86 to 106 kpa

5. Protective structure1) JIS C0920: Waterproof type

A concrete testing method is to check for any adverse effect on the structure after leaving it submerged for 30 minutes under 1 m 3.281 ft of water (with temperature difference between water and switch no larger than 5°C 41°F).

2) IEC 529: IP67 (waterproof type)A concrete testing method is to check for any adverse effect on the structure after leaving it submerged for 30 minutes under 1 m 3.281 ft of water (with temperature difference between water and switch no larger than 5°C 41°F).

3) JIS D0203: Equivalent of D2A concrete testing method is to check for any adverse effect on the structure after leaving it submerged for 30 minutes under 10 cm 3.937 inch of water (with temperature difference between water and switch no larger than 30°C 86°F).

Note: Names of the standards can be found in the section describing features.

6. Operating characteristics

Notes: 1. The above indicates the characteristics when operating the pushbutton from the vertical direction.2. Indicates operation load for NO contact to achieve ON status.3. Indicates position for NC contact to achieve OFF status.4. Indicates position for NO contact to achieve ON status.

Item Specifications

Electrical switching life

5 V DC 1 mA (resistive load) Min. 5 × 105 Switching frequency: 20 times/min.Conduction ratio: 1:1Pushbutton operation speed: 100 mm/sPushbutton switching position: free position (FP) to operation limit position (TTP)

16 V DC 50 mA (resistive load) Min. 5 × 105

30 V DC 100 mA (resistive load) Min. 2 × 105

Vibration resistance(malfunction vibration resistance)

Single amplitude: 0.75 mmAmplitude of vibration: 10 to 55 Hz (4 minutes cycle)Direction and time: 30 minutes each in X, Y and Z directions

Amplitude of vibration: 5 to 200 Hz (10 minutes cycle)Acceleration: 43.1 m/s2

Direction and time: 30 minutes each in X, Y and Z directions

Shock resistance(malfunction shock resistance)

Shock value: 980 m/s2

Direction and time: 5 times each in X, Y and Z directions

Vibration resistance endurance Frequency of vibration: 33.3 Hz, Acceleration: 43.1 m/s2

Direction and time: 8 hours each in X, Y and Z directions

Terminal strength 6 N min. (each direction) *Terminal deformation possible.

Heat resistance 85°C 185°F 500 houres

Cold resistance –40°C –40°F 500 houres

Humidity resistance 40°C 104°F 95% RH 500 houres

High-temperature, high-humidity resistance 85°C 185°F 85% RH 500 houres

Thermal shock resistance 30 min. at 85°C 185°F to 30 min at –40°C –40°F for 1,000 cycles

Water resistance Submersed for 30 min. under 1 m of water.

Actuator Pin plunger Leaf lever Simulated leaf lever

Operating Force (max. O.F.) *Note 2 1.5N 1.7N 1.5N

Total travel Force (max. T.F.) (reference value) (2.0N) (3.1N) (2.8N)

Free Position (max. F.P.)From mounting boss and hole center line 9.2mm .362inch 11.5mm .453inch 14.4mm .567inch

From standoff 13.4mm .528inch 15.7mm .618inch 18.6mm .732inch

Operating Position on NC sideO.P. (N.C.) *Note 3

From mounting boss and hole center line 8.7±0.3mm .343±.012inch

9.8±0.5mm .386±.020inch

12.5±0.5mm .492±.020inch

From standoff 12.9±0.3mm .508±.012inch

14.0±0.5mm .551±.020inch

16.7±0.5mm .657±.020inch

Operating Position on NO sideO.P. (N.O.) *Note 4

From mounting boss and hole center line 8.4±0.3mm .331±.012inch

9.3±0.5mm .366±.020inch

12.0±0.5mm .472±.020inch


13.5±0.5mm .531±.020inch

16.2±0.5mm .638±.020inch

Over travel on N.C. side (min. O.T. (N.C.)) 2.5mm .098inch 3.1mm .122inch 3.3mm .130inch

Over travel on N.O. side (min. O.T. (N.O.)) 2.2mm .087inch 2.6mm .102inch 2.8mm .110inch

Total Travel Position (T.T.P.) (reference value)

From mounting boss and hole center line (5.9mm .232inch) (6.2mm .244inch) (8.7mm .343inch)

From standoff (10.1mm .398inch) (10.4mm .409inch) (12.9mm .508inch)

ASQ1

20

DIMENSIONS mm inch General tolerance: ±0.25 ±.010

1. Terminal type: Mounting hole 3mm, standard typePin plunger

3.2±0.1.126±.004

2.7 .106

4.53±0.15.178±.006

4.53±0.15.178±.006

2.0.079

1.2.047

TT

P (

5.9

.232

)

OP

(N

O)

8.4±

0.3

.331

±.01

2

OP

(N

C)

8.7±

0.3

.343

±.01

2

FP

9.2

.362

MA

X.

TT

P (

10.1

.398

)

OP

(NO

) 12.

6±0.

3 .4

96±.

012

OP

(NC

) 12.

9±0.

3 .5

08±.

012

FP

13.

4 .5

28 M

AX

.

3.0+0−0.1

.118 dia.

dia.+0−.004

3.0+0.3−0.2

.118+.012−.008

3.0+0.1−0

.118+.004−0

0.4.016

1.5.059

3.7.146

5.9.232

4.1.161

0.4.016

5.4.213

4.2.165

5.1.201

3.7.146

13.3±0.15.524±.006

8.4±0.2.331±.0085.4±0.15.213±.006

1.9 dia..075 dia.

C 0.3 .012

8.3±0.1 .327±.004

Operating Force (max. O.F.) 1.5N

Free Position (max. F.P.)

From mounting boss and hole center line

9.2mm .362inch

From standoff 13.4mm .528inch

Operating Position on NC side O.P. (N.C.)


8.7±0.3mm .343±.012inch


Operating Position on NO side O.P. (N.O.)


8.4±0.3mm .331±.012inch


Over travel on N.C. side (min. O.T. (N.C.))

2.5mm .098inch

Over travel on N.O. side (min. O.T. (N.O.))

2.2mm .087inch

Leaf lever

Note: When switching at high speed or under shock, lever endurance may drop. Therefore, please be sure to conduct an endurance evaluation under actual switching conditions.

C 0.3 .012

4.1.161

0.4.016

8.4±0.2.331±.0085.4±0.15.213±.006

3.3.130

3.0+0.3−0.2

.118+.012−.008

5.9.232

4.2.165

5.1.201

0.5.020

(18°)

1.9 dia..075 dia.

R 1.3 .051

1.2.047

3.7.146

0.4.016

1.5.059

3.0+0.1−0

.118+.004−0

4.53±0.15.178±.006

4.53±0.15.178±.006

2.0.079

1.2.047

3.0+0−0.1

.118 dia.

dia.+0−.004

8.3±0.1 .327±.004

2.7 .106

5.4.213

13.3±0.15.524±.006

3.2±0.1 .126±.004

14.0.551

TT

P (

6.2

.244

)O

P (

NO

) 9.

3±0.

5 .3

66±.

020

OP

(N

C)

9.8±

0.5

.386

±.02

0F

P 1

1.5

.453

MA

X.

TT

P (

10.4

.409

)O

P (

NO

) 13

.5±0

.5 .5

31±.

020

OP

(N

C)

14.0

±0.5

.551

±.02

0F

P 1

5.7

.618

MA

X.




11.5mm .453inch




9.8±0.5mm .386±.020inch




9.3±0.5mm .366±.020inch



3.1mm .122inch


2.6mm .102inch

ASQ1

21

Simulated leaf lever

Note: When switching at high speed or under shock, lever endurance may drop. Therefore, please be sure to conduct an endurance evaluation under actual switching conditions.

4.1.161

0.4.016

8.4±0.2.331±.0085.4±0.15.213±.006

3.3.130

C 0.3 .012

3.0+0.3−0.2

.118+.012−.008

5.9.232

4.2.165

5.1.201

0.5.020

2.8.110

R 1.3 .051

R 2.0.079

1.2.047

3.7.146

0.4.016

1.5.059

3.0+0.1−0

.118+.004−0

4.53±0.15.178±.006

4.53±0.15.178±.006

2.0.079

1.2.047

3.0+0−0.1

.118 dia.

dia.+0−.004

8.3±0.1 .327±.004

3.2±0.1 .126±.004

TT

P (

8.7

.343

)O

P (

NO

) 12

.0±0

.5 .4

72±.

020

OP

(N

C)

12.5

±0.5

.492

±.02

0F

P 1

4.4

.567

MA

X.

TT

P (

12.9

.508

)O

P (

NO

) 16

.2±0

.5 .6

38±.

020

OP

(N

C)

16.7

±0.5

.657

±.02

0F

P 1

8.6

.732

MA

X.

(18°)

1.9 dia..075 dia.

2.7 .106

5.4.213

13.3±0.15.524±.006

15.0.591




14.4mm .567inch




12.5±0.5mm .492±.020inch




12.0±0.5mm .472±.020inch



3.3mm .130inch


2.8mm .110inch

mm inch General tolerance: ±0.25 ±.010

Mounting hole: 3 mm without boss type PC board terminal

PC board pattern

0.9.035

5.08±0.15.200±.006

5.08±0.15.200±.006

3.0+0.3−0.2

.118+.012−.008

C0.2 .008

5.08±0.1.200±.004

5.08±0.1.200±.004

1.0+0.1−0

.039 dia.

dia.+.004−0

ASQ1

22

2. Wire leads bottom type: Mounting hole 3mm, standard type mm inch General tolerance: ±0.25 ±.010

3. Wire leads right side type: Mounting hole 3mm, standard type

4.2 .165

3.6.142

2.6.102

3.2 .126

R 0.3 .012R 0.3 .012

1.9 dia..075 dia.

1.4 dia..055 dia.

8.4±0.2.331±.0085.4±0.15.213±.006

C 0.3 .012

3.0+0−0.1

.118 dia.

dia.+0−.004

TT

P (

5.9

.232

)O

P (

NO

) 8.

4±0.

3 .3

31±.

012

OP

(N

C)

8.7±

0.3

.343

±.01

2F

P 9

.2 .3

62 M

AX

.

5.9.232

3.7.146

4.3.169

2.2.087

300±1011.811±.394

5.0±2.197±.079

8.3±0.1 .327±.004

5.1.201

3.2±0.1.126±.004

2.7 .106

5.4.213

13.3.524

3.0+0.1−0

.118+.004−0

R 0.2 .008

1.9 dia..075 dia.

8.4±0.2.331±.0085.4±0.15.213±.006

C 0.3 .012R 0.5 .020

R 0.5.020

R 0.5 .020

TT

P (

5.9

.232

)O

P (

NO

) 8.

4±0.

3 .3

31±.

012

OP

(N

C)

8.7±

0.3

.343

±.01

2F

P 9

.2 .3

62 M

AX

.

5.9.232

3.7.146

1.4 dia..055 dia.

4.5.177

5.2.205

4.3.169

300±1011.811±.394

2.4.094

5.0±2.197±.079

8.3±0.1 .327±.004

5.1.201

3.2±0.1.126±.004

2.7 .106

5.4.213

13.3.524

3.0+0.1−0

.118+.004−0

3.0+0−0.1

.118 dia.

dia.+0−.004

ASQ1

23

4. Wire leads left side type: Mounting hole 3mm, standard type mm inch General tolerance: ±0.25 ±.010

NOTES

1.9 dia..075 dia.

8.4±0.2.331±.0085.4±0.15.213±.006

C 0.3 .012

R 0.5 .020

R 0.5.020

TT

P (

5.9

.232

)O

P (

NO

) 8.

4±0.

3 .3

31±.

012

OP

(N

C)

8.7±

0.3

.343

±.01

2F

P 9

.2 .3

62 M

AX

.

5.9.232

3.7.146

1.4 dia..055 dia.

4.5.177

5.2.205

5.0±2.197±.079

4.3.169

8.3±0.1 .327±.004

5.1.201

3.2±0.1.126±.004

2.7.106

5.4.213

13.3.524

3.0+0.1−0

.118+.004−0

300±1011.811±.394

2.4.094

R 0.5 .020 3.0+0−0.1

.118 dia.

dia.+0−.004

1. Soldering conditionsThe application of excessive heat upon the switch when soldering can cause degradation of switch operation. Therefore, be sure to keep within the conditions given below.1) Manual soldering: use soldering irons (max. 350°C 662°F, within 3 seconds) capable of temperature adjustment. This is to prevent deterioration due to soldering heat. Care should be taken not to apply force to the terminals during soldering.2) Automatic soldering: Soldering must be done as below;260°C 500°F: within 6 seconds350°C 662°F: within 3 seconds2. MountingPlease avoid use in which load would be applied to the sides (hatch part (both sides) shown below) of the switch in the direction indicated by the arrows. This could cause erroneous operation. Also, when using a metal installation board, please make considerations for burr direction designation and burr suppressing, etc., so that the burr side will not be on the switch installation side.

1) To secure the switch, please use an M3 small screw on a flat surface and tighten using a maximum torque of 0.29 N·m. It is recommend that spring washers be used with the screws and adhesive be applied to lock the screws to

prevent loosening of the screws. Please make sure not to apply adhesive onto the moving parts.2) Be sure to maintain adequate insulating clearance between each terminal and ground.3) Although it is possible to directly operate the pin plunger type from the lateral direction, please consult us if doing so.4) After mounting please make sure no pulling load will be applied to the switch terminals.5) Range of possible use: Please set the operation position to within the ranges in the following table so that there is sufficient insulation distance and to maintain contact reliability.

mm inch

3. Cautions regarding the circuit1) In order to prevent malfunction in set devices caused by bounce and chattering during the ON-OFF switch operation, please verify the validity of the circuit under actual operating conditions and temperature range.2) When switching inductive loads (relays, solenoids, buzzers, etc.), an arc absorbing circuit is recommended to protect the contacts.4. Please verify under actual conditions.Please be sure to conduct quality verification under actual operating conditions in order to increase reliability during actual use.5. Switch selectionPlease make your selection so that there will be no problems even if the operating characteristics vary up to ±20% from the standard values.6. Oil-proof and chemical-proof characteristicsThe rubber cap swells when exposed to oil and chemicals. The extent of swelling will vary widely depending on the type and amount of oil and chemicals.Check with the actual oil or chemicals used.In particular, be aware that solvents such as freon, chlorine, and toluene cannot be used.

Actuator

Plunger/lever free

From mounting boss and hole

center lineFrom standoff

Pin plunger

>9.2>.362

>10.4>.409

Leaf lever >10.7>.421

>14.9>587


>13.5>.531

>17.7>697

Actuator

Plunger/Lever pushed

From mounting boss and hole

center lineFrom standoff

Pin plunger

7.8 to 5.9.307 to .232

12.0 to 10.1.472 to .398

Leaf lever 8.4 to 6.2.331 to .244

12.6 to 10.412.6 to .409


11.1 to 8.7.437 to .343

15.3 to 12.915.3 to .508

ASQ1

24

7. Environment• Although continuous operation of the switch is possible within the range of ambient temperature (humidity), as the humidity range differs depending on the ambient temperature, the humidity range indicated below should be used.Continuous use near the limit of the range should be avoided.• This humidity range does not guarantee permanent performance.

8. Other1) Please remember that this switch cannot be used under water. Also, pleased be warned that switching and sudden temperature changes with the presence of water droplets can cause seepage into the unit.2) Keep away from environments where silicon based adhesives, oil or grease are present as faulty contacts may result from silicon oxide. Do not use in areas where flammable or explosive gases from gasoline and thinner, etc., may be present.3) When using the lever type, please be careful not to apply unreasonable load from the reverse or lateral directions of operation.4) Do not exceed the total travel position (TTP) and press the actuator. This could cause operation failure. Also, when switching at high speed or under shock even within the operation limit, the working life may decrease. Therefore, please be sure to verify the quality under actual conditions of use.5) Please make considerations so that the switch does not become the stopper for the moving part.

Acceptable range

(Avoidcondensation whenused at temperatureshigher than 0°C 32°F)


95

50

5

–40–40

0+32

+85+185


Humidity, %R.H.

ABJ1,2,3,4,5

25


HIGH ENVIRONMENTAL RESISTANCE

TURQUOISE SWITCHES

J TYPE (ABJ)

Dust protected type (Mounting hole 2.3mm .091inch type)

Immersion protected type (wire leads bottom type)

(Mounting hole 2.3mm .091inch type)

Immersion protected (wire leads side type)

Long stroke type

FEATURES• Ultra-miniature size (12.8×6.5×6 mm) (.504×.256×.236 inch)• Sealed construction for use in adverse environment-Sealed

construction by epoxy resin and rubber cap keeps off the cause of miscontact such as dust. Conforming to IP67* of IEC protective construction classification

• Elastomer double molding technology, an industry first and ultrasonic swaging technology contribute to uniform sealing in high production quantities

• UL/CSA approved • Long stroke type is available

Since the repeatability is excellent and the play distance (overtrabel) from the operating position is ample, the task of performing the adjustments during installation is an easy one.Operating position accuracy ±0.4 mm ±.016 inchOvertravel= Min. 2.0 mm .079 inchAs wide range of high pressure is achieved, a stable reliability is ensured

• Leaf lever side wire leads type added. We now offer two types.M3 type installation holeFixed pin type

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS• Industrial use video jack• Automotives (ex. Device for opening and shutting of automobile

doors)* Based on the protective construction classification of IEC, items which

satisfy the test requirements are denoted with an IP designation.

Type ofswitch

ABJ:TurquoiseswitchJ type

Size of mounting hole

1:2:3:4:

5:

1.2 mm (.047 inch)2.3 mm (.091 inch)3 mm (.118 inch)Fixed pin (right side pin) typeFixed pin (left side pin) type

Terminal

4:5:6:7:8:

Solder terminalPC board terminalWire leads (bottom type)Wire leads (right side type)Wire leads (left side type)

Contactarrangement1:2:3:

SPDTSPST-NCSPST-NO

Actuator

0:2:4:6:8:

L:

Pin plungerHinge leverSimulated roller leverRoller leverLeaf lever (Mounting hole 3 mm .118 inch lead wire type only)Long stroke type

Operating force bypin plunger (max.)

4:6:7:

1.23 N1.96 N2.45 N

(Long stroke type only)

Contact

0:1:

Silver-alloyGold-clad

Ex. ABJ 1 4 1 0 4 0

Remarks: 1. Standard packing: Dust protected type 100 pcs./carton, 2,000 pcs./case; Immersion protected type 50 pcs./case.2. SPST-NC and SPST-NO are only available for wire leads type.3. Leaf lever is only available for wire leads type4. Not every combination is available. Please refer to the following table, “PRODUCT TYPES”.

ABJ1,2,3,4,5

26

PRODUCT TYPES1. Dust protected type (Terminal type)Mounting hole 1.2mm .047inch type / Mounting hole 2.3mm .091inch typeSilver alloy

Gold-clad

2-(1). Immersion protected type (Bottom wire leads type)Mounting hole 1.2mm .047inch typeSilver alloy

Mounting hole 2.3mm .091inch typeGold-clad

Remarks: When ordering UL/CSA approved types, please attach suffix “9” to the part number.

Actuator Operating force Max.

Mounting hole 1.2 mm .047 inch type Mounting hole 2.3 mm .091 inch type

Solder terminal PC board terminal Solder terminal

Pin plunger1.23 N ABJ141040 ABJ151040 ABJ241040

1.96 N ABJ141060 ABJ151060 ABJ241060

Hinge lever0.39 N ABJ141240 ABJ151240 ABJ241240

0.64 N ABJ141260 ABJ151260 ABJ241260

Simulated roller lever0.39 N ABJ141440 ABJ151440 ABJ241440

0.64 N ABJ141460 ABJ151460 ABJ241460

Roller lever0.39 N ABJ141640 ABJ151640 ABJ241640

0.64 N ABJ141660 ABJ151660 ABJ241660


Mounting hole 1.2 mm .047 inch type Mounting hole 2.3 mm .091 inch type

Solder terminal PC board terminal Solder terminal


1.96 N ABJ141061 ABJ151061 ABJ241061


0.64 N ABJ141261 ABJ151261 ABJ241261


0.64 N ABJ141461 ABJ151461 ABJ241461


0.64 N ABJ141661 ABJ151661 ABJ241661


Mounting hole 1.2 mm .047 inch type

SPDT SPST-NC SPST-NO


1.96 N ABJ161060 ABJ162060 ABJ163060


0.64 N ABJ161260 ABJ162260 ABJ163260


0.64 N ABJ161460 ABJ162460 ABJ163460


0.64 N ABJ161660 ABJ162660 ABJ163660





1.96 N ABJ161061 ABJ162061 ABJ163061


0.64 N ABJ161261 ABJ162261 ABJ163261


0.64 N ABJ161461 ABJ162461 ABJ163461


0.64 N ABJ161661 ABJ162661 ABJ163661

ABJ1,2,3,4,5

27

Mounting hole 2.3mm .091inch typeSilver alloy

Gold-clad

Mounting hole 3mm .118inch type (Leaf lever type)Silver alloy

Gold-clad

2-(2). Immersion protected type (Side wire leads type)Fixed pin (right side pin) typeSilver alloy

Gold-clad

Fixed pin (left side pin) typeSilver alloy






1.96 N ABJ261060 ABJ262060 ABJ263060


0.64 N ABJ261260 ABJ262260 ABJ263260


0.64 N ABJ261460 ABJ262460 ABJ263460


0.64 N ABJ261660 ABJ262660 ABJ263660





1.96 N ABJ261061 ABJ262061 ABJ263061


0.64 N ABJ261261 ABJ262261 ABJ263261


0.64 N ABJ261461 ABJ262461 ABJ263461


0.64 N ABJ261661 ABJ262661 ABJ263661


Mounting hole 3 mm type


Leaf lever0.98 N ABJ361840 ABJ362840 ABJ363840

1.27 N ABJ361860 ABJ362860 ABJ363860


Mounting hole 3 mm type


Leaf lever0.98 N ABJ361841 ABJ362841 ABJ363841

1.27 N ABJ361861 ABJ362861 ABJ363861

Actuator Operating force Max. Wire leads direction

Wire leads type

SPST-NC SPST-NO

Leaf lever

1.27 N Right ABJ472840 ABJ473840

1.27 N Left ABJ482840 —

1.76 N Right ABJ472860 ABJ473860

1.76 N Left ABJ482860 —


Wire leads type

SPST-NC SPST-NO

Leaf lever

1.27 N Right ABJ472841 ABJ473841

1.27 N Left ABJ482841 —

1.76 N Right ABJ472861 ABJ473861

1.76 N Left ABJ482861 —


Wire leads type

SPST-NC SPST-NO

Leaf lever

1.27 N Right ABJ572840 ABJ573840

1.27 N Left ABJ582840 —

1.76 N Right ABJ572860 ABJ573860

1.76 N Left ABJ582860 —

ABJ1,2,3,4,5

28

Gold-clad

Mounting hole 3mm .118inch typeSilver alloy

Gold-clad

3. Immersion protected type (Bottom wire leads type) Long stroke typeMounting hole 2.3mm .091inch typeSilver alloy

Gold-clad


APPLICABLE CURRENT RANGE

SPECIFICATIONS1. Contact rating


Wire leads type

SPST-NC SPST-NO

Leaf lever

1.27 N Right ABJ572841 ABJ573841

1.27 N Left ABJ582841 —

1.76 N Right ABJ572861 ABJ573861

1.76 N Left ABJ582861 —


Wire leads type

SPST-NC

Leaf lever1.27 N

LeftABJ382840

1.76 N ABJ382860


Wire leads type

SPST-NC

Leaf lever1.27 N

LeftABJ382841

1.76 N ABJ382861


Mounting hole 2.3 mm type


Pin plunger (Horizontal) 2.45 N *ABJ261L70 ABJ262L70 ABJ263L70


Mounting hole 2.3 mm type


Pin plunger (Horizontal) 2.45 N *ABJ261L71 ABJ262L71 ABJ263L71

Type Operating force Max. Standard rating Low-level circuit rating

Silver alloy contact1.76 N, 1.96 N 2 A 125 V AC

2 A 30 V DC —

1.23 N, 1.27 N 1 A 125 V AC1 A 30 V DC —

Long stroke typeSilver alloy contact 2.45 N 1 A 125 V AC

1 A 30 V DC —

Gold-clad contact 1.23 N, 1.27 N 1.76 N, 1.96 N 0.1 A 125 V AC


Long stroke typeGold-clad contact 2.45 N 0.1 A 125 V AC

0.1 A 30 V DC


Contact

Applicable currentrange

Max. operating force foroperation (at pin plunger)

1mA 0.1A 1A 2A

Ag

Au

1.23 N 1.96 N

ABJ1,2,3,4,5

29

2. Characteristics


Note: The O.P. differs between the 1.2 mm and 2.3 mm dia. installation hole types.

Mechanical life(O.T.: Specified value)

Leaf lever, Long stroke type Min. 5×105 (at 60 cpm)

Wire leads (right & left side type) Min. 3×105 (at 60 cpm)

Other types Min. 106 (at 60 cpm)

Electrical life at rated load (O.T.: max.)

Silver alloy contact type Min. 3×104 (at 20 cpm)

Gold-clad contact type Min. 105 (at 20 cpm)

Insulation resistance Min. 100 MΩ (at 500 V DC insulation resistance meter)

Dielectric strength Between non-continuous terminals Between each terminal and other exposed metal parts Between each terminal and ground

600 Vrms1,500 Vrms1,500 Vrms

Vibration resistance (Pin plunger type) 10 to 55 Hz at single amplitude of 0.75 mm (Contact opening max. 1 msec.)

Shock resistance (Pin plunger type) Min. 294 m/s230 G (Contact opening max. 1 msec.)

Contact resistance (Initial)

Silver contact typeDust protected type (IP50): Max. 50 mΩImmersion protected type (IP67): Max. 100 mΩ(By voltage drop 1 A 6 to 8 V DC)

Gold clad contact typeDust protected type (IP50): Max. 100 mΩImmersion protected type (IP67): Max. 150 mΩ(By voltage drop 0.1 A 6 to 8 V DC)

Allowable operating speed (at no load) 1 to 500 mm/sec.

Max. operating cycle rate (at no load) Other type: 120 cpmLong stroke type: 60 cpm

Ambient temperature –40°C to +85°C –40°F to +185°FUnit weight Approx. 0.5 g .018 oz (IP50 type)

Type of actuator Operating force, Max.

Release force, Min

Pretravel, Max. mm inch

Movement differential,

Max. mm inch

Overtravel, Min. mm inch

Operating position, mm inch

Pin plunger1.23N 0.15N

0.6 .024 0.12 .005 0.25 .010

Mounting hole: 1.2 .0475.5±0.2 .217 ±.008

Mounting hole: 2.3 .0917.0±0.2 .276 ±.0081.96N 0.25N

Hinge lever0.39N 0.029N

3.0 .118 0.5 .020 0.5 .020

Mounting hole: 1.2 .0476.8±1.0 .286 ±.039

Mounting hole: 2.3 .0918.3±1.0 .327 ±.0390.64N 0.049N

Simulated roller lever0.39N 0.029N

3.0 .118 0.5 .020 0.5 .020

Mounting hole: 1.2 .0479.8±1.0 .386 ±.039

Mounting hole: 2.3 .09111.3±1.0 .445 ±.0390.64N 0.049N

Roller lever0.39N 0.029N

3.0 .118 0.5 .020 0.5 .020

Mounting hole: 1.2 .04713.1 ±1.0 .516 ±.039

Mounting hole: 2.3 .09114.6±1.0 .575 ±.0390.64N 0.049N

Leaf lever

0.98N 0.20N 6.0 .236 1.0 .039 2.5 .098 Mounting hole: 3.0 .11816.0±2.0 .630 ±.079

1.27N 0.22N 2.6 .102 0.5 .020 1.4 .055

Fixed pin type10.7±0.7 .421 ±.076

Mounting hole: 3.0 .11816.25±0.7 .640 ±.076

1.76N 0.26N 2.6 .102 0.5 .020 1.4 .055

Fixed pin type10.7±0.7 .421 ±.076

Mounting hole: 3.0 .11816.25±0.7 .640 ±.076

1.27N 0.29N 6.0 .236 1.0 .039 2.5 .098 Mounting hole: 3.0 .11816.0±2.0 .630 ±.079

Long stroke type 2.45N 0.20N — 0.5 .020 2.0 .079 2.5±0.4 .098 ±.016

ABJ1,2,3,4,5

30


1. Dust protected type1-(1) PC board terminalMounting hole 1.2 mm .047 inch typePin plunger

0.0394

Operating Position

.217±.008

0.213±.012

6-C .012

.079

.200±.006.200±.006

.504±.006

Pretravel 0.6Max..024Max

1.5 dia

.063

.043±.005

.059±.005

t=0.4

.173

.236

1.2±0.05 dia.

.200±.0395.08±0.1

6

4.41.25±0.12

1.5±0.12

1.1±0.12

1.6

0.95.08±0.15 5.08±0.15

6-C 0.3

5.4±0.3

5.5±0.21.0.197±.0065.0±0.15

5.50.217

.035.256±.0046.5±0.1

12.8±0.15

+.005-0

.059±.0041.5±0.1

.049±.005

2 dia.-0+0.12

5.08±0.1.200±.039

.059 dia

.016

.047±.002 dia.

Pretravel, Max. mm inch 0.6 .024Movement differential, Max. mm inch 0.12 .005Overtravel, Min. mm inch 0.25 .010

Operating position

Distance from mounting hole, mm inch

5.5±0.2 .217 ±.088

Distance from stand-off, mm inch

7±0.3 .276 ±.012

Hinge lever.3398.6 4.4±0.4

.173±.016

.268±.0396.8±1.0

.327±.0478.3±1.2

Pretravel 3.0Max..118Max

R13.3.524

4.2.165

.1183

.200±.0395.08±0.15.08±0.1

.200±.039

.047±.002 dia.1.2±0.05 dia.

Operating Position


Operating position


6.8±1.0 .267 ±.039


8.3±1.2 .327 ±.047

Simulated roller lever.118Max

Pretravel 3.0Max.

.386±.0399.8±1.0

Operating Position

.445±.04711.3±1.2

.520R13.2

R2.5.098

3.3±0.4.130±.016

3.118

1.2±0.05 dia.

.200±.0395.08±0.1 5.08±0.1

.200±.039

.047±.002 dia.


Operating position


9.8±1.0 .386 ±.039


11.3±1.2 .445 ±.047

Roller lever

1.2–0.05 dia.

.200–.0395.08–0.1 5.08–0.1

.200–.039

.047–.002 dia.

Operating Position13.1–1.0

.516 –.039

Pretravel 3.0Max..118Max.134–.016

3.4–0.4

R13.8R.543

.0872.2

.189 dia.4.8 dia.

14.6–1.2.575–.047


Operating position


13.1±1.0 .516 ±.039


14.6±1.0 .575 ±.039

ABJ1,2,3,4,5

31

1-(2) Solder terminal mm inch General tolerance: ±0.25 ±.010

Remarks: Dimensions of the actuator type are the same as corresponding PC board terminal types.

2. Immersion protected type2-(1) Bottom wire leads typePin plunger

Remarks: 1. As for M1.2 type, other dimensions are the same as those of corresponding PC board terminal types. As for M2.3 type, other dimensions are the same as those of corresponding solder terminal types.

2. Dimensions of the actuator type are the same as corresponding PC board terminal types.

Pin plungerMounting hole: 1.2 mm .047 inch Mounting hole: 2.3 mm .091 inch

1.5 dia

0.4

.173

.2366

4.4

.059 dia

.016

0.0394

Pretravel 0.6Max.

5.08±0.15.200±.006

.059±.0041.5±0.1

5±0.15.197±.006

12.8±0.15.504±.006

+0.12

5.08±0.15.200±.006

2-0.472-1.2-0

-0

5.4±0.30.213±.012

6-C 0.36-C .012

.024Max

5.5±0.2.217±.008

Operating Position

1.0

.1975

.0591.5

.256±.0046.5±0.1

dia.dia.

+.005

.0471.2

.0872.2

1.5 dia

0.4

.2366

.059 dia

.016

0.181±.0124.6±0.3

.256±.0066.5±0.15

2.4-.05+0.1

.094+.004-.002

.2245.7

1.5.059

.0792

.0200.5

.200±.0065.08±0.15

.504±.00612.8±0.15

.200±.0065.08±0.15.236

6

4.8±0.1.189±.004

.0471.2

.0872.2

2.4-0.05+0.1 dia.+.004.094-.002 dia.

1.7.067

Pretravel 0.6Max.024Max

Operating Position

.276±.0087±0.2

Mounting hole: 1.2 mm .047 inch

7.50.295

11.811±.394300±10

.197±.0795±2

13.9.547

.2366

Thickness of the lead wire: 0.3 mm2

UL/CSA approved type: AWG #20

Color of the lead wire:COM...BlackN.C. ...RedN.O. ...White

Mounting hole: 2.3 mm .091 inch

COM N.O. N.C.

6.5±0.15.256±.006

11.811±.394300±10

.197±.079

5±2

13.9±0.4.547±.016

.3238.2


UL/CSA approved type: AWG #20

Color of the lead wire:COM ...BlackN.C. ....RedN.O. ...White

ABJ1,2,3,4,5

32

Leaf lever mm inch General tolerance: ±0.25 ±.010

Mounting hole: 3 mm .118 inch

.189±.0124.8±0.3

.128R3.25

.787±.01620.0±0.4

.197±.079

.098R2.513±0.1

.512±.004

.1975

9.25.364

.2566.5

.339±.0398.6±1 2.5

.098

Free Position(19.0)(.748)

Operating Position(16±2)(.630±.079)

(.453)(11.5 min.)

Totaltravel Position

.2957.5

300±1011.811±.394

5±2

Pretravel 6 max..236 max.

3.118

dia.+0

+0-0.15

-.006

3.1.122+.004

+0.1–0.05

–.002

dia.

.1975

.3549

.2366

4.4.173

3.3.130

Pretravel, Max. mm inch 6.0 .236Movement differential, Max. mm inch 1.0 .039

Overtravel, Min mm inch 2.5 .098

Operating position


16.0±2.0 .630 ±.079

2-(2) Side wire leads typeFixed pin typeRight side pin typeRight wire leads type

16.65.656

3.45.136

8.55.337

6.7.2646.0.2365.0.197

300±10

11.811±.394

5±2

.197±.079

7.6±1.0

.299±.039

9.53±0.1

.375±.004

9.53.375

C0.2.008

R2.0.079

2.6±0.05

.102±.002

6.9±0.3

.272±.012

2.6±0.05

.102±.002

2.2±0.05 dia..087±.002 dia.

Fre

e po

sitio

n (F

.P.)

13.0

5 .5

14 m

ax.

Ope

ratin

g po

sitio

n (O

.P.)

10.7

±0.7 .4

21±.

028

Tot

altr

avel

pos

ition

(T

.T.P

.)(8

.55)

(.33

7)

5.0+0.0−0.2

.197+0−.008



Operating position


10.7±0.7 .421 ±.028

ABJ1,2,3,4,5

33

Left wire leads type mm inch General tolerance: ±0.25 ±.010

16.65.656

3.45.136

8.55.337

300±10

11.811±.394

5±2

.197±.079

7.6±1.0

.299±.039

R2.0.079

2.6±0.05

.102±.002

6.9±0.3

.272±.012

Fre

e po

sitio

n (F

.P.)

13.0

5 .5

14 m

ax.

Ope

ratin

g po

sitio

n (O

.P.)

10.7

±0.7 .4

21±.

028

Tot

altr

avel

pos

ition

(T

.T.P

.)(8

.55)

(.33

7)

9.53±0.1

.375±.004

9.53.375

C0.2.008

2.6±0.05

.102±.002

2.2±0.05 dia..087±.002 dia.

6.7.2646.0.2365.0.197

5.0+0.0−0.2

.197+0−.008



Operating position


10.7±0.7 .421 ±.028

Left side pin typeRight wire leads type

16.65.656

3.45.136

8.55.337

6.7.2646.0.2365.0.197

300±10

11.811±.394

5±2

.197±.079

7.6±1.0

.299±.039

9.53±0.1

.375±.004

9.53.375

C0.2.008

R2.0.079

2.6±0.05

.102±.002

6.9±0.3

.272±.012

2.6±0.05

.102±.002

2.2±0.05 dia..087±.002 dia.

Fre

e po

sitio

n (F

.P.)

13.0

5 .5

14 m

ax.

Ope

ratin

g po

sitio

n (O

.P.)

10.7

±0.7 .4

21±.

028

Tot

altr

avel

pos

ition

(T

.T.P

.)(8

.55)

(.33

7)

5.0+0.0−0.2

.197+0−.008



Operating position


10.7±0.7 .421 ±.028

Left wire leads type

16.65.656

3.45.136

8.55.337

6.7.2646.0.2365.0.197

300±10

11.811±.394

5±2

.197±.079

7.6±1.0

.299±.039

9.53±0.1

.375±.004

9.53.375

C0.2.008

R2.0.079

2.6±0.05

.102±.002

6.9±0.3

.272±.012

2.6±0.05

.102±.002

2.2±0.05 dia..087±.002 dia.

Fre

e po

sitio

n (F

.P.)

13.0

5 .5

14 m

ax.

Ope

ratin

g po

sitio

n (O

.P.)

10.7

±0.7 .4

21±.

028

Tot

altr

avel

pos

ition

(T

.T.P

.)(8

.55)

(.33

7)

5.0+0.0−0.2

.197+0−.008



Operating position


10.7±0.7 .421 ±.028

ABJ1,2,3,4,5

34

Mounting hole 3mm .118 inch type mm inch General tolerance: ±0.25 ±.010

5.0.197

C0.30.012

R2.0.079

3.1+0.1−0

.122+.004−0

Fre

e po

sitio

n (F

.P.)

18.6

.732

max

.O

pera

ting

posi

tion

(O.P

.)16

.25±0

.7 .6

40±.

028

Tot

altr

avel

pos

ition

(T

.T.P

.)(1

4.1)

(.55

5)

5.8±1.0

.228±.03912.3.484

1.85±0.3

.073±.012

19.6.772

4.0.157

9.0.354

3.3.130 6.0

.236

300±10

11.811±.394

5±2

.197±.079

13.0±0.1

.512±.004

6.0+0.2−0.15

.236+.008−.006

8.4+0.1−0.3

.331+.004−.012

3.0+0−0.1

.118+0−.004

dia.dia.



Operating position


16.25±0.7 .640 ±.028

3. Immersion protected type (Bottom wire leads type) Long stroke typeMounting hole: 2.3 mm .091 inch

Free position (F.P.)3.2 .126 max.

Operating position (O.P.)2.5±0.4 .098±.016

2.0 dia..079 dia.

8.1.319

8.2.323

300±10

11.811±.394

16.7.6574.95

.195 12.8.504

1.0.039

6.0±0.15

.236±.006

2.4+0.1−0.05

.236+.004−.002

19.4.764

2.5±0.1

.098±.004

4.8±0.1

.189±.004

5±2

.197±.079

13.9±0.4

.547±.016

COM NO NC

2.4 dia..236 dia.

+0.1−0.05

+.004−.002

3.0 dia..118 dia.

+0.−0.15

+0−.006

9.0.3546.0.236

C0.6.024

Movement differential, Max. mm inch 0.5 .020


Operating position 2.5 ±0.4.098±.016

ABS1,4,5

35



TURQUOISE SWITCHES

S TYPE (ABS)

VDE

FEATURES• Subminiature size (19.8×11.1×6.4 mm) (.780×.437×.252 inch)• Sealed construction for use in adverse environment-Sealed construction by

epoxy resin and rubber cap keeps off the cause of miscontact such as dust. Conforming to IP67* of IEC protective construction classification

• Elastomer double molding technology, an industry first and ultrasonic swaging technology contribute to uniform sealing in high production quantities

• Expansion of low-level circuit type• We offer an Au clad 2-ply contact type (for small loads) that we developed

specifically for small current and voltage loads in the range of 1 mA to 100 mA and 5 V to 30 V.

• UL/CSA/VDE/SEMKO approved(AS for gold-clad twin layer, VDE and SEMKO are not approved.)

* Based on the protective construction classification of IEC, items which satisfy the test requirements are denoted with an IP designation.

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS• Automotives• Home appliances (vacuum cleaner, air purifier)• Others (gas cookingrange, water vallet)

Type ofswitch

ABS:Turquoise switchS type

Wire andterminal position

1:4:5:

Straight typeRight angleLeft angle

Terminal

1:

4:5:6:

.110 quick-connectterminalSolder terminalPC board terminalWire leads

Contactarrangement

1:2:3:

SPDTSPST-NCSPST-NO

Actuator

0:1:2:3:4:6:8:

Pin plungerShort hinge leverHinge leverLong hinge leverSimulated roller leverRoller leverLeaf lever


4:5:

0.98 N 100 gf1.47 N 150 gf

Contact

0:1:

4:

Silver-alloyGold-cladtriple layerGold-claddouble layer

Ex. ABS 1 1 1 0 4 0

Remarks: 1. Standard packing: Dust protected type 100 pcs./carton, 1,000 pcs./case; Immersion protected type 50 pcs./case.2. SPST-NC and SPST-NO are only available for wire leads type.3. Leaf lever is only available for wire leads type4. As for wire position:

5. Not every combination is available. Please refer to the following table, “PRODUCT TYPES”.

Straight type Wire opposite to the actuator side type (Right angle)

Wire actuator side type (Left angle)

ABS1,4,5

36

PRODUCT TYPES1. Dust protected typeSilver alloy

Gold-clad triple layer

Gold-clad double layer

Remarks: When ordering UL/CSA approved types, please attach suffix “9" to the part number.When ordering VDE/SEMKO approved types, please attach suffix “8" to the part number.


.110 quick-connect

terminalSolder terminal

PC board terminal

Terminal position

Straight Right angle Left angle

Pin plunger0.98 N ABS111040 ABS141040 ABS151040 ABS451040 ABS551040

1.47 N ABS111050 ABS141050 ABS151050 ABS451050 ABS551050

Short hinge lever0.39 N ABS111140 ABS141140 ABS151140 ABS451140 ABS551140


Hinge lever0.34 N ABS111240 ABS141240 ABS151240 ABS451240 ABS551240


Long hinge lever0.25 N ABS111340 ABS141340 ABS151340 ABS451340 ABS551340


Simulated roller lever0.34 N ABS111440 ABS141440 ABS151440 ABS451440 ABS551440


Roller lever0.39 N ABS111640 ABS141640 ABS151640 ABS451640 ABS551640



.110 quick-connect


PC board terminal

Terminal position















.110 quick-connect


PC board terminal

Terminal position














ABS1,4,5

37

2. Immersion protected type (3 wire leads type SPDT)Silver alloy





SPDT

Wire position


Pin plunger0.98 N ABS161040 ABS461040 ABS561040

1.47 N ABS161050 ABS461050 ABS561050

Short hinge lever0.39 N ABS161140 ABS461140 ABS561140

0.59 N ABS161150 ABS461150 ABS561150

Hinge lever0.34 N ABS161240 ABS461240 ABS561240

0.54 N ABS161250 ABS461250 ABS561250

Long hinge lever0.25 N ABS161340 ABS461340 ABS561340

0.44 N ABS161350 ABS461350 ABS561350

Simulated roller lever0.34 N ABS161440 ABS461440 ABS561440

0.54 N ABS161450 ABS461450 ABS561450

Roller lever0.39 N ABS161640 ABS461640 ABS561640

0.59 N ABS161650 ABS461650 ABS561650


SPDT

Wire position



1.47 N ABS161051 ABS461051 ABS561051


0.59 N ABS161151 ABS461151 ABS561151


0.54 N ABS161251 ABS461251 ABS561251


0.44 N ABS161351 ABS461351 ABS561351


0.54 N ABS161451 ABS461451 ABS561451


0.59 N ABS161651 ABS461651 ABS561651


SPDT

Wire position



1.47 N ABS161054 ABS461054 ABS561054


0.59 N ABS161154 ABS461154 ABS561154


0.54 N ABS161254 ABS461254 ABS561254


0.44 N ABS161354 ABS461354 ABS561354


0.54 N ABS161454 ABS461454 ABS561454


0.59 N ABS161654 ABS461654 ABS561654

ABS1,4,5

38

3. Immersion protected type (2 wire leads type SPST-NC)Silver alloy





SPST-NC

Wire position



1.47 N ABS162050 ABS462050 ABS562050


0.59 N ABS162150 ABS462150 ABS562150


0.54 N ABS162250 ABS462250 ABS562250


0.44 N ABS162350 ABS462350 ABS562350


0.54 N ABS162450 ABS462450 ABS562450


0.59 N ABS162650 ABS462650 ABS562650


SPST-NC

Wire position



1.47 N ABS162051 ABS462051 ABS562051


0.59 N ABS162151 ABS462151 ABS562151


0.54 N ABS162251 ABS462251 ABS562251


0.44 N ABS162351 ABS462351 ABS562351


0.54 N ABS162451 ABS462451 ABS562451


0.59 N ABS162651 ABS462651 ABS562651


SPST-NC

Wire position



1.47 N ABS162054 ABS462054 ABS562054


0.59 N ABS162154 ABS462154 ABS562154


0.54 N ABS162254 ABS462254 ABS562254


0.44 N ABS162354 ABS462354 ABS562354


0.54 N ABS162454 ABS462454 ABS562454


0.59 N ABS162654 ABS462654 ABS562654

ABS1,4,5

39

4. Immersion protected type (2 wire leads type SPST-NO)Silver alloy





SPST-NO

Wire position



1.47 N ABS163050 ABS463050 ABS563050


0.59 N ABS163150 ABS463150 ABS563150


0.54 N ABS163250 ABS463250 ABS563250


0.44 N ABS163350 ABS463350 ABS563350


0.54 N ABS163450 ABS463450 ABS563450


0.59 N ABS163650 ABS463650 ABS563650


SPST-NO

Wire position



1.47 N ABS163051 ABS463051 ABS563051


0.59 N ABS163151 ABS463151 ABS563151


0.54 N ABS163251 ABS463251 ABS563251


0.44 N ABS163351 ABS463351 ABS563351


0.54 N ABS163451 ABS463451 ABS563451


0.59 N ABS163651 ABS463651 ABS563651


SPST-NO

Wire position



1.47 N ABS163054 ABS463054 ABS563054


0.59 N ABS163154 ABS463154 ABS563154


0.54 N ABS163254 ABS463254 ABS563254


0.44 N ABS163354 ABS463354 ABS563354


0.54 N ABS163454 ABS463454 ABS563454


0.59 N ABS163654 ABS463654 ABS563654

ABS1,4,5

40

5. Immersion protected type (3 wire leads type SPDT)• Leaf lever typeSilver alloy



6. Immersion protected type (2 wire leads type SPST-NC)• Leaf lever typeSilver alloy



7. Immersion protected type (2 wire leads type SPST-NO)• Leaf lever typeSilver alloy




SPDT

Wire position


Leaf lever0.88 N ABS161840 ABS461840 ABS561840

1.08 N ABS161850 ABS461850 ABS561850


SPDT

Wire position



1.08 N ABS161851 ABS461851 ABS561851


SPDT

Wire position



1.08 N ABS161854 ABS461854 ABS561854


SPST-NC

Wire position



1.08 N ABS162850 ABS462850 ABS562850


SPST-NC

Wire position



1.08 N ABS162851 ABS462851 ABS562851


SPST-NC

Wire position



1.08 N ABS162854 ABS462854 ABS562854


SPST-NO

Wire position



1.08 N ABS163850 ABS463850 ABS563850


SPST-NO

Wire position



1.08 N ABS163851 ABS463851 ABS563851

ABS1,4,5

41



SPECIFICATIONS

2. Characteristics


Actuator Operating force Max. gf

SPST-NO

Wire position



1.08 N ABS163854 ABS463854 ABS563854

Mechanical life(O.T.: Specified value)

Leaf lever Min. 5x105 (at 60 cpm)

Other types Min. 5x106 (at 60 cpm)

Electrical life at rated load(O.T.: Max.)

Silver alloy contact type Min. 5x104 (at 20 cpm)

Gold-clad contact type Min. 2x105 (at 20 cpm)



1,000 Vrms1,500 Vrms1,500 Vrms

Vibration resistance (Pin plunger type) 10 to 55 Hz at single amplitude of 0.75 mm (Contact opening Max. 1 msec.)

Shock resistance (Pin plunger type) Min. 294 m/s2 (Contact opening Max. 1 msec.)

Contact resistance (Initial)Silver alloy contact type Dust protected type (IP50): Max. 50 mΩ

Immersion protected type (IP67): Max. 100 mΩ (By voltage drop 1 A 6 to 8 V DC)

Gold-clad contact type Dust protected type (IP50): Max. 100 mΩImmersion protected type (IP67): Max. 150 mΩ (By voltage drop 0.1 A 6 to 8 V DC)

Allowable operating speed (at no load) 0.1 to 500 mm/sec.

Max. operating cycle rate (at no load) 120 cpm

Ambient temperature –40°C to +85°C –40°F to +185°FUnit weight Approx. 2 g .071 oz (IP50 type)

Type of actuator Operating force, Max. Release force, Min. Pretravel, Max. mm inch


Max. mm inch



Pin plunger 0.98N 1.47N 0.15N 0.20N 0.6 .024

0.1 .004

0.4 .016

8.4±0.3 .331 ± .012

Short hinge lever 0.39N 0.59N 0.034N 0.039N 2.5 .098

0.5 .020

0.8 .031

8.8±0.8 .346 ± .031

Hinge lever 0.34N 0.54N 0.029N 0.034N 2.8 .110

0.8 .031

1.2 .047

8.8±0.8 .346 ± .031

Long hinge lever 0.25N 0.44N 0.025N 0.029N 3.5 .138

1.0 .039

1.6 .063

8.8±1.2 .346 ± .047

Simulated roller lever 0.34N 0.54N 0.029N 0.034N 2.8 .110

0.8 .031

1.2 .047

11.65±0.8 .459 ± .031

Roller lever 0.39N 0.59N 0.034N 0.039N 2.5 .098

0.5 .020

0.8 .031

14.5±0.8 .571 ± .031

Leaf lever 0.88N 1.08N 0.17N 0.20N 4.5 .177

1.0 .039

2.5 .098

14.5±1.5 .571 ± .059

1. Contact rating

Low-level circuit rating (Gold-clad contact type)

VoltageSilver alloy contact type

Gold-clad contact type


Gold-clad twin layer

Resistive load Inductive load Resistive load

125 V AC 2 A 2 A 0.1 A —

250 V AC 2 A 2 A 0.1 A —

30 V DC 2 A 2 A 0.1 A 0.1 A

125 V DC 0.4 A 0.05 A — —

Rated voltage Resistive load

6 V DC 5 mA

12 V DC 2 mA

24 V DC 1 mA

Recommended contact material chart classified by load voltage & current

Remarks: If the contact is being used in the constant low-level circuit load range, the gold-clad twin layer contact is recommended. If there is a danger of the current being less than 0.5 A, for instance if the contact is being turned on and off, the gold-clad triple layer type is recommended.

Silver-alloy


2A

100mA

1mA0

DCAC

55

15 30V30 250V


ABS1,4,5

42


1. Dust protected type1-(1) .110 quick-connect terminalPin plunger

.299±.0127.6±0.3

3.4±0.1.134±.004

.43311

.280±.0067.1±0.15

5.5±0.1.217±.004

1.2±0.05 dia..047±.002 dia.

.094

2.4

.3037.7

+0.1−0.05

−.002+.004.094

2.4

.004

2.5±0.1.098±

.780±.01219.8±0.3

7.6±0.15.299±.006

7.6±0.15.299±.006

.374±.0049.5±0.1

4.157

.110±.0042.8±0.1 C0.6

PositionOperating

.331±.0128.4±0.3

11.8±0.4.465±.016

.2646.7

0.6 max..024 max.

Pretravel

6.4±0.2.252±.008

1.7 dia..067 dia.

+.004−0.05

−.002

+0.12.4.094

dia.dia.


Overtravel, Min. mm inch 0.4 .016

Operating position


8.4±0.3 .331 ± .012


11.8±0.4 .465 ± .016

Short hinge lever.197±.016

5±0.4

R18.709

Pretravel12.85.506

.2486.3

.1574

(.146)(3.7)

.346±.031

Position8.8±0.8

Operating

.480±.03512.2±0.9

2.5 max..098 max.



Operating position


8.8±0.8 .346 ± .031


12.2±0.9 .480 ± .035

Hinge lever

.1574

(.146)(3.7)

8.8±0.8

12.2±0.9.480±.035

.346±.031

.281±.0167.15±0.4

R20.2.795

Operating

2.8 max..110 max.

Pretravel

Position



Operating position


8.8±0.8 .346±.031


12.2±0.9 .480 ± .035

Long hinge lever

.1574

(.138)(3.5)3.5 max.

PositionOperating

.346±.0478.8±1.2

1.028R26.1

.138 max.

Pretravel.516±.01613.1±0.4

.480±.05112.2±1.3

Pretravel, Max. mm inch 3.5 .138Movement differential, Max. mm inch 1 .039


Operating position


8.8±1.2 .346 ± .047


12.2±1.3 .480 ± .051

ABS1,4,5

43

Simulated roller lever mm inch General tolerance: ±0.25 ±.010

2.8 max..110 max.

Pretravel

.459±.03111.65±0.8

OperatingPosition

15.05±0.9.593±.035

.098R2.5

.783R19.9 .157

4

(.138)(3.5)

.248±.0166.3±0.4



Operating position


11.65±0.8 .459 ± .031


15.05±0.9 .593 ± .035

Roller lever

.1263.2

.1975 dia.

Pretravel2.5 max.

.098 max.

.203±.0165.15±0.4

.705±.03517.9±0.9

OperatingPosition14.5±0.8.571±.031

.744R18.9



Operating position


14.5±0.8 .571 ± .031


17.9±0.9 .705 ± .035

1-(2) Solder terminal

3.4±0.15.134±.006

2.5±0.1.098±.004

.374±.0049.5±0.1

8.7±0.15.343±.006 15.4±0.15

.606±.006

.110±.0082.8±0.2

19.8±0.3.780±.012

+.004-.002

-0.05+0.12.4

.094 dia. dia.

+.004

+0.1

-.002

-0.052.4.094

.094

2.4

.094

2.4

.0751.9

7.4.291

1.1±0.12.043±.005

.059±.0051.5±0.12

.0200.51.85±0.2

.073±.0081.25±0.1.059±.004

.2055.2

.252±.0086.4±0.2

Remarks: Dimensions of the actuator types are the same as those of corresponding .110 quick-connect terminal types.

1-(3) PC board terminalStraight type

1.1±0.12.043±.005

.059±.0051.5±0.12

.0200.51.85±0.2

.073±.0081.25±0.1.059±.004

.2055.2

.252±.0086.4±0.2

.291

.343±.0068.7±0.15

.098±.0042.5±0.1

.606±.00615.4±0.15

.780±.01219.8±0.3

9.5±0.1.374±.004 2.2

.087

dia. dia.+0.1

-0.05

-.002+.004.094

2.4

.134±.0063.4±0.15

+0.1

.0942.4

7.4

2.4

.094

-0.05

-.002+.004

0.9.035

8.7±0.1.343±.004

15.4±0.1.606±.004

1.2±0.05 dia..047±.002 dia.


ABS1,4,5

44

Right angle type mm inch General tolerance: ±0.25 ±.010

.300±.0067.62±0.15

.300±.0067.62±0.15

.0200.5

.043±.0055.08±0.2

.2526.4

7.62±0.1.300±.004

3-1.5±0.05 dia.3-.059±.002 dia.

7.62±0.1.300±.004


Left angle type

5.08±0.2

0.5.020

.043±.005

.2526.4

.300±.0067.62±0.15 .051

.300±.0067.62±0.15

1.3

.300±.0067.62±0.15 7.62±0.15

.300±.006(.110)(2.8)

.0511.3

3.2.1266.4

.252

6-C0.3

7.62±0.1.300±.004

3-1.5±0.05 dia.3-.059±.002 dia.

7.62±0.1.300±.004


2. Immersion protected typeWire leadsPin plungerStraight type

COM NO NC

21.2.835

.3629.2

11.811±.394300±10

.197±.0795±2

dia.dia.

-0.05

-.002+.004

+0.12.4.094

.2526.4


UL/CSA approved type and Right/Left angle type: AWG #20Color of the lead wire:

COM...BlackN.C. ...RedN.O. ...White

Remarks: 1. Other dimensions are the same as those of .110 quick-connect terminal types.

2. Dimensions of the actuator types are the same as those of corresponding .110 quick-connect terminal types.

Right angle type Left angle type

5±2.179±079

11.811±394300±10

5±2.197±.079

11.811±.394300±10

ABS1,4,5

45

Leaf lever mm inch General tolerance: ±0.25 ±.010

Straight type

.177 max.

Pretravel4.5 max.

.0591.5

Free Position(.650)(16.5)

.571±.05914.5±1.5Operating Position

Totaltravel Position(.413)(10.5 min.)

.299±.0127.6±0.3

.315±.0398±1

.937±.01623.8±0.4

.197±.0795±2

11.811±.394300±10

2.4.094

dia. dia.-.002

+.004-0.05+0.1

.1975

.2526.4

7.7.303

.3318.4

.3318.4

.098±.0042.5±0.1


UL/CSA approved type and Right/Left angle type: AWG #20Color of the lead wire:

COM...BlackN.C. ...RedN.O. ...White

Right angle type Left angle type

.1975

6.4.252

11.881±.394300±10

.197±.0795±2

.1975

6.4.252

11.881±.394300±10

.197±.0795±2

ABV1

46


CONSTRUCTION


TURQUOISE SWITCHES

V TYPE (ABV)

VDE

FEATURES• Miniature size (33×15.9×10.3 mm) (1.299×.626×.406 inch)• Sealed construction for use in adverse environment-Sealed construction by

epoxy resin and rubber cap keeps off the cause of miscontact such as dust Conforming to IP67* of IEC protective construction classification

• Elastomer double molding technology, an industry first and ultrasonic swaging technology contribute to uniform seling in high production quantities

• UL/CSA/VDE/SEMKO approved* Based on the protective construction classification of IED, items which satisfy the test

requirements are denoted with an IP designation.

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS• Automotives• Agricultural devices• Industrial equipment

Type of switch

ABV1:Turquoise switchV type

Terminal

2:6:

.187 quick-connect terminalWire leads

Contactarrangement

1:2:3:

SPDTSPST-NCSPST-NO

Actuator

0:2:4:5:6:

Pin plungerHinge leverSimulated roller leverShort roller leverRoller lever


4:5:

0.98 N1.96 N

Contact

1:0:

Gold-cladSilver-alloy

Ex. ABV1 2 1 0 6 1

Remarks: 1. Standard packing: Dust protected type 50 pcs./carton, 500 pcs./case; Immersion protected type 50 pcs./case.2. Not every combination is available. Please refer to the following table, “PRODUCT TYPES”.

Rubber capUltrasonic swaging technology contribute for sealing

Epoxy resin Epoxy resin (include)

Wire leads

.187 quick-connect terminal Wire leads

ABV1

47

PRODUCT TYPESSilver-alloy

Remarks: When ordering UL/CSA approved types, please attach suffix “9” to the part number.When ordering VDE/SEMKO approved types, please attach suffix “8” to the part number.

Contact Actuator Contact Arrangement Operating force, Max. 187 Quick-connect terminal Wire Leads

Silver-alloy

Pin plunger

SPDT0.98 N ABV121040 ABV161040

1.96 N ABV121050 ABV161050

SPST-NC0.98 N ABV122040 ABV162040

1.96 N ABV122050 ABV162050

SPST-NO0.98 N ABV123040 ABV163040

1.96 N ABV123050 ABV163050

Hinge lever

SPDT0.59 N ABV121240 ABV161240

1.18 N ABV121250 ABV161250

SPST-NC0.59 N ABV122240 ABV162240

1.18 N ABV122250 ABV162250

SPST-NO0.59 N ABV123240 ABV163240

1.18 N ABV123250 ABV163250

Simulated roller lever

SPDT0.59 N ABV121440 ABV161440

1.18 N ABV121450 ABV161450

SPST-NC0.59 N ABV122440 ABV162440

1.18 N ABV122450 ABV162450

SPST-NO0.59 N ABV123440 ABV163440

1.18 N ABV123450 ABV163450

Short roller lever

SPDT1.08 N ABV121540 ABV161540

2.16 N ABV121550 ABV161550

SPST-NC1.08 N ABV122540 ABV162540

2.16 N ABV122550 ABV162550

SPST-NO1.08 N ABV123540 ABV163540

2.16 N ABV123550 ABV163550

Roller lever

SPDT0.59 N ABV121640 ABV161640

1.18 N ABV121650 ABV161650

SPST-NC0.59 N ABV122640 ABV162640

1.18 N ABV122650 ABV162650

SPST-NO0.59 N ABV123640 ABV163640

1.18 N ABV123650 ABV163650

ABV1

48

Gold-clad

Remarks: When ordering UL/CSA approved types, please attach suffix “9” to the part number.When ordering VDE/SEMKO approved types, please attach suffix “8” to the part number.


Contact Actuator Contact Arrangement Operating force, Max. 187 Quick-connect terminal Wire Leads

Gold-clad

Pin plunger

SPDT0.98 N ABV121041 ABV161041

1.96 N ABV121051 ABV161051

SPST-NC0.98 N ABV122041 ABV162041

1.96 N ABV122051 ABV162051

SPST-NO0.98 N ABV123041 ABV163041

1.96 N ABV123051 ABV163051

Hinge lever

SPDT0.59 N ABV121241 ABV161241

1.18 N ABV121251 ABV161251

SPST-NC0.59 N ABV122241 ABV162241

1.18 N ABV122251 ABV162251

SPST-NO0.59 N ABV123241 ABV163241

1.18 N ABV123251 ABV163251


SPDT0.59 N ABV121441 ABV161441

1.18 N ABV121451 ABV161451

SPST-NC0.59 N ABV122441 ABV162441

1.18 N ABV122451 ABV162451

SPST-NO0.59 N ABV123441 ABV163441

1.18 N ABV123451 ABV163451

Short roller lever

SPDT1.08 N ABV121541 ABV161541

2.16 N ABV121551 ABV161551

SPST-NC1.08 N ABV122541 ABV162541

2.16 N ABV122551 ABV162551

SPST-NO1.08 N ABV123541 ABV163541

2.16 N ABV123551 ABV163551

Roller lever

SPDT0.59 N ABV121641 ABV161641

1.18 N ABV121651 ABV161651

SPST-NC0.59 N ABV122641 ABV162641

1.18 N ABV122651 ABV162651

SPST-NO0.59 N ABV123641 ABV163641

1.18 N ABV123651 ABV163651

Type Standard rating Low-level rating

Gold-clad contact 3 A 250 V AC (O.F. 1.96 N)1 A 250 V AC (O.F. 0.98 N)


Silver-alloy 5 A 250 V AC (O.F. 1.96 N)3 A 250 V AC (O.F. 0.98 N) —

ABV1

49

2. Characteristics

Note: *1 O.F. 0.98N type is Min 5 × 105 (at 20 com)


( ): Low force type


Mechanical life (O.T.: Specified value) Min. 5x106 (at 60 cpm)

Electrical lifeNominal rating (O.T.: Max.) Min. 105 (at 20 cpm)*1

Low-level rating (O.T.: Specified value) Min. 106 (at 20 cpm)



1,000 Vrms2,000 Vrms2,000 Vrms

Vibration resistance 10 to 55 Hz at single amplitude of 0.75 mm (Contact opening: max. 1 msec.)

Shock resistance Min. 294 m/s2 (Contact opening: Max. 1 msec.)

Contact resistance

Silver alloy contact typeDust protected type (IP50): Max. 50 mΩImmersion protected type (IP67): Max. 100 mΩ(By voltage drop 1 A 6 to 8 V DC)

Gold-clad contact typeDust protected type (IP50): Max. 50 mΩImmersion protected type (IP67): Max. 100 mΩ(By voltage drop 0.1 A 6 to 8 V DC)

Allowable operating speed (at no load) 1 to 500 mm/sec.


Ambient temperature (at no load) −40°C to +85°C –40°F to +185°FUnit weight Approx. 7 g .247 oz (IP50 type)

Type of actuator Operating force, Max. Release force, Min. Pretravel, Max. mm inch


Max. mm inch



Pin plunger 1.96N 0.98N 0.39N 0.25N 1.6 .063

0.4 .016

0.8 .031

14.7±0.6 .579 ± .024

Hinge lever 1.18N 0.59N 0.13N 0.098N 3.2 .126

1.2 .047

1.2 .047

15.3±1.2 .602 ± .047

Simulated roller lever 1.18N 0.59N 0.13N 0.098N 3.2 .126

1.2 .047

1.2 .047

18.5±1.2 .728 ± .047

Short roller lever 2.16N 1.08N 0.39N 0.20N 1.6 .063

0.5 .020

0.8 .031

20.7±0.8 .815 ± .031

Roller lever 1.18N 0.59N 0.13N 0.098N 3.2.126

1.2 .047

1.2 .047

20.7±1.2 .815 ± .047

1. Dust protected type1-(1) .187 quick-connect terminalPin plunger

.874±.00422.2±-0.1

Position.110

.406±.00410.3±-0.1

2.8

-0.05+0.25

+.010-.002

.110

.579±.02414.7±0.6

3.1.122 3.4

.134

Operating

1.6 max.063

Pretravel

2.8

.0200.5

15.9.626

5.2

.2055.2

.205

.394

.40610.3

10

dia.dia.-0.05

+0.25

.122+.010-.002

3.1.0982.5

4.75.187

.795±.01220.2±0.3

1.29933

1.79145.5

1.65442

Pretravel, Max. mm inch 1.6 .063




14.7±0.6 .579 ±.024

ABV1

50

Hinge lever mm inch General tolerance: ±0.25 ±.010

.602±.047

1.213R30.8

15.3±1.2Operating Position

10.6.417

17.2.677

.1975

35.8±0.51.409±.020.126 max.

3.2 max.Pretravel





15.3±1.2 .602±.047

Simulated roller leverPretravel

.126 max.3.2 max.

R27.81.094

32.8±0.51.291±.020

Operating Position

.728±.04718.5±1.2

5.197





18.5±1.2 .728±.047

Short roller lever

.677

20.7±0.8.815±.031

Operating Position

R17.2

1.6 max..063 max.

Pretravel

.1934.9

4.8 dia..189 dia.

.811±.02020.6±0.5





20.7±0.8 .815±.031

Roller lever

1.181

20.7±1.2.815±.047

Operating Position

R30.0

3.2 max..126 max.

Pretravel

.1934.9

4.8 dia..189 dia.

1.346±.02034.2±0.5





20.7±1.2 .815±.047

2. Immersion protected typeWire Leads

.394

.394

10

10.1223.1

-.002+.010-0.05+0.25

Operating

14.7±0.6Position

.579±.024

Pretravel

.063 max.1.6 max.

10.3±0.1.406±.004

3.4.134

2.8.110

.874±.00422.2±0.1

1.41736 300±10

11.8±.394

15.9.626

3.1.122-.002

+0.25-0.05+.010

dia. dia.

.795±.01220.2±0.3

Thickness of the lead wire:Standard type: 0.75mm2

UL/CSA approved type:AWG #18Color of the lead wire

COM ...blackN.C. ....redN.O. ....white

AM1

51


TERMINAL VARIATIONStandard types, reversed action types and oil tight types are available in two terminal designs, solder and screw terminals, as shown in the above columns:Differences in dimension between solder and screw terminals are as follows;

HIGH CONTACT CAPACITY, PRECISE OPERATION

NZ BASIC (AM1)

SWITCHESFEATURES• 15 A High current switching capacity and high precision• Wide allowance of operating speed• Versatile variety of actuators• UL/CSA approved

TYPICAL APPLICATION• General industrial machinery• Medical equipment• Measuring instruments• Transportation equipment• Home electric appliances

Type of switch

NZ basic (AM1)switch

Remarks: Not every combination is available. Please refer to the following table, “PRODUCT TYPES”.

Upper body cover shape & terminal ActuatorsBasic specifications

1: Flat, solder terminal3: Flat, screw terminal5: Grooved, solder terminal7: Grooved, screw terminal

Upper body cover shape 0: Pin plunger1: Hinge lever (leaf spring)3: Hinge roller lever (roller, leaf, spring)4: Hinge short roller lever5: Overtravel plunger6: Compact overtravel plunger7: Panel mount plunger811: Panel mount roller plunger812: Panel mount cross roller plunger

0: Standard type1: Oil tight type3: Reversed action type4: One way type

Ex. AM 1 5 0 1 K

Flat Grooved

Solder terminal mm inchScrew terminal

N.O.

N.C.

CIRCUT

CIRCUT

Terminal plate

17.5.689

6.3.248

49.21.937

17.5.689

20.2.795

19.8.780

C NO NC

9.1.358

49.21.937

M4 screw P0.7

AM1

52

PRODUCT TYPES1. Standard type

2. Oil tight types

Remarks: 1. Standard part number indicates UL/CSA mark.2. Standard packing for inner carton: 20cps.

SPECIFICATIONS1. Contact Rating

2. Characteristics

Actuator Solder terminal Screw terminal

Pin plunger AM1100K AM1300K

Over travel plunger AM1105K AM1305K

Compact over travel plunger AM1106K AM1306K

Panel mount plunger AM1107K AM1307K

Panel mount roller plunger AM110811K AM130811K

Panel mount cross roller plunger AM110812K AM130812K

Flexible leaf lever AM1101K AM1301K

Flexible roller leaf lever AM1103K AM1303K

Rigid lever AM1501K AM1701K

Rigid short roller lever AM1504K AM1704K

Rigid roller lever AM1503K AM1703K

One way type•Rigid short roller lever AM1544K AM1744K

One way type•Rigid roller lever AM1543K AM1743K

Reversed action type•Rigid lever AM1531K AM1731K

Reversed action type •Rigid short roller lever AM1534K AM1734K

Reversed action type•Rigid roller lever AM1533K AM1733K

Actuator Solder terminal Screw terminal

Rigid lever AM1511K AM1711K

Rigid short roller lever AM1514K AM1714K

Rigid roller lever AM1513K AM1713K

Type Voltage Resistive load (cos φ = 1)

Inductive load (cos φ = 0.6 to 0.7)

Motor or lamp load

N.C. N.O.

Standard types One way types Reversed action types

125 V AC 15 A 10 A 4 A 2 A

250 V AC 15 A 10 A 3 A 1.5 A

480 V AC 3 A 2 A 1.5 A 0.75 A

125 V DC 0.5 A 0.05 A — —

250 V DC 0.25 A 0.03 A — —

Oil tight types

125 V AC 15 A 10 A 3 A 1.5 A

250 V AC 10 A 6 A 2 A 1.0 A

125 V DC 0.5 A 0.05 A — —

Item Specifications

Expected life

MechanicalPin plunger types (O.T.: specified value) Min. 2 ×107 (60 cpm) (at rated overtravel)

(Oil tight: Min. 1.5 ×106)

Other types (O.T.: specified value) Min. 5 ×106 (60 cpm) (at rated overtravel)(Oil tight: Min. 1.5 ×106)

Electrical (O.T.: Max.) Min. 5 ×105 (20 cpm) (at rated load)(Oil tight: Min. 1.5 ×105)

Insulation resistance Min. 100 MΩ(at 500 V DC)

Dielectric strength

Between open terminals 1,000 Vrms for 1 min.

Between each terminal and other exposed metal parts 2,000 Vrms for 1 min.

Between each terminal and ground 2,000 Vrms for 1 min.

Contact resistance (initial) (by voltage drop, 1 A, 6–8 V DC) Max. 50 mΩVibration resistance (Pin plunger type) Single amplitude: 0.75 mm, 10 to 55 Hz (contact opening: max. 1 msec.)

Shock resistance

Pin plunger types Min. 300 m/s2 (contact opening: max. 1 msec.)

Other types Min. 50 m/s2 (contact opening: max. 1 msec.)

Allowable operating speed (at no load) 0.1 to 1,000 mm/sec. (at pin plunger position)


Ambient temperature –25°C to +80°C –13°F to +176°F (no freezing at low temperature)

Weight Approx. 20 to 55 g.705 to 1.940 oz

AM1

53

OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSStandard types

Standard types (cont' d)

One way types

Reversed action types

Oil tight types

Types of actuator Pin plunger Overtravel plunger Compact overtravel plunger Panel mount plunger

Operating force, max. 3.63 N

Release force, min. 1.12 N

Pretravel, max. mm inch 0.4 .016

Movement differential, max. mm inch 0.05 .002

Overtravel, min. mm inch 0.13 .005 1.5 .059 1.5 .059 5.6 .220

Operating position, mm inch 15.9±0.4 .626±.016 28.2±0.5 1.110±.020 21.2±0.5 .835±.020 21.8±0.8 .858±.031

Types of actuator Panel mount roller plunger

Panel mount cross roller plunger Flexible leaf lever Flexible roller leaf lever

Operating force, max. 3.63 N 1.47 N

Release force, min. 1.12 N 0.14 N

Pretravel, max. mm inch 0.4 .016 4 .157

Movement differential, max. mm inch 0.05 .002 1.3 .051

Overtravel, min. mm inch 3.6 .142 1.6 .063

Operating position, mm inch 33.3±1.2 1.311±.047 17.5±0.8 .689±.031 28.6±0.8 1.126±.031

Types of actuator Rigid lever Rigid short roller lever Rigid roller lever

Operating force, max. 0.69 N 1.57 N 0.98 N

Release force, min. 0.14 N 0.42 N 0.2 N

Pretravel, max. mm inch 10 .394 4.5 .177 7.5 .295

Movement differential, max. mm inch 1.3 .051 0.7 .028 1.3 .051

Overtravel, min. mm inch 5.6 .220 2.4 .094 3.6 .142

Operating position, mm inch 19.1±0.7 .752±.028 30.2±0.4 1.189±.016 30.2±0.7 1.189±.028

Types of actuator Rigid short roller lever Rigid roller lever

Operating force, max. 2.23 N 1.67 N

Release force, min. 0.42 N 0.42 N

Pretravel, max. mm inch 3.5 .138 4.5 .177

Movement differential, max. mm inch 0.4 .016 0.5 .020

Overtravel, min. mm inch 1.5 .059 2.4 .094

Free position, max. mm inch 31.8 1.252 43.3 1.705

Operating position, mm inch 30.2±0.4 1.189±.016 41.3±0.4 1.626±.016




Pretravel, max. mm inch 5.0 .197 2.5 .098 3.6 .142







Pretravel, max. mm inch 10 .394 4.5 .177 7.5 .295




AM1

54


1. Standard typesPin plunger

AM1100K (Solder terminal)AM1300K (Screw terminal)

2.4.095

14.6.575

15.591

17.5.689

9.1.359

5.4.212

23.3±0.3.917±.012

4.5±0.1.177±.004

25.4±0.11.000±.004

49.21.937

11.9.469

O.P.

P.T.

4.2 +0.1−0.05

.165+.004−.002

4.2 dia. hole+0.1−0.05

.165+.004−.002





Overtravel, min. mm inch 0.13 .005


15.9±0.4.626±.016

Overtravel plunger


8.4.331

4 dia..1576.35 dia..250

15.591

23.3±0.3.917±.012

O.P.

P.T. Plunger: Hardening steel







28.2±0.51.110±.020

Compact over plunger


–.002+.004.165

–0.05+0.104.2

Plunger: Plastic

7.1 dia..2804.2

.165

P.T.0.4 max..016 .917 ±.012

23.3 ±0.3

21.2O.P.

±0.5

.835 ±.020 14.3.563

14.5.571

4.2 +0.10–0.05

.165dia.dia.+.004

–.002







21.2±0.5.835±.020

Panel mount plunger


8.25 dia..325

16

Nut (2 thick)

Lock nut(2 thick)

M12 × P1

±0.5

–.002+.004.165

–0.05+0.104.2

Plunger: PlasticP.T.0.4 max..016 .917 ±.012

23.3 ±0.3

21.8O.P.

±0.8

.858 ±..031

14.3.563

13.1.516

4.2 +0.10–0.05

.165dia.dia.+.004

–.002

.630 ±.020

R8 .315 Operating force, max. 3.63 N






21.8±0.8.858±.031

AM1

55

Panel mount roller plunger mm inch General tolerance: ±0.4 ±.016

Dimensions and Operating characteristics are the same as those of Panel mount roller plunger type. However, the roller joins the switch body at an angle of 90°.


90°

: Plastic

M12 × P1

Roller 12.7 dia. × 4.6.500 dia. × .181

Nut (2 thick)

16 ±0.5

–.002+.004.165

–0.05+0.104.2

P.T.0.4 max..016

.917 ±.01223.3 ±0.3

33.3O.P.

±1.2

1.311±.047

14.3.563

4.2 +0.10–0.05

.165dia.dia.+.004

–.002

.630 ±.020

15.5.610







33.3±1.21.311±.047

Panel mount cross roller plunger


90°

M12 × P1

Nut (2 thick)

: Plastic

Roller 12.7 dia. × 4.6.500 dia. × .181

16 ±0.5–.002+.004.165

–0.05+0.104.2

P.T.0.4 max..016

.917 ±.01223.3 ±0.3

33.3O.P.

±1.2

1.311±.047

14.3.563

4.2 +0.10–0.05

.165dia.dia.+.004

–.002

.630 ±.020

15.5.610







33.3±1.21.311±.047

Flexible leaf lever


14.6.575

4.8.189

49.6±0.81.954±.031

F.P. O.P.

Leaf: Stainless steel



Pretravel, max. mm inch 4 .157




17.5±0.8.689±.031

Flexible roller leaf lever


14.6.575

46±0.81.811±.031

F.P. O.P.

Leaf: Stainless steel

Roller 9.5 dia.×4:Plastic







28.6±0.81.126±.031

AM1

56

Rigid lever mm inch General tolerance: ±0.4 ±.016


26.11.028

20.1±0.5.791±.020

F.P.O.P.

R63.5

Lever: Stainless steel

4.8.189







19.1±0.7.752±.028

Rigid short roller lever


26.11.028

20.1±0.5.791±.020

F.P.O.P.

R26.7








30.2±0.41.189±.016

Rigid roller lever


26.11.028

20.1±0.5.791±.020

F.P.O.P.

R48.3








30.2±0.71.189±.028

2. One way typesThis type is operated only to one direction, not to the reversed direction by the construction of the roller lever, pivoting away from the cam on the return stroke.Rigid short roller lever


26.11.028

27.8 max.1.094 max. 20.1±0.5

.791±.020

F.P.O.P.

R21.1

Roller 4.75 dia.×4.75:Plastic







30.2±0.41.189±.016

AM1

57

Rigid roller lever mm inch General tolerance: ±0.4 ±.016


26.11.028

34.1 max.1.343 max.

20.1±0.5.791±.020

F.P.O.P.

R31








41.3±0.41.626±.016

3. Reversed action typesWhen the actuator is operated, the switching mechanism returns to the free position. Extraordinary force by pushing the plunger too much is not put on the switching mechanism, which means stability in life.Rigid lever


18.7.736

17.5.690

20.1±0.5.791±.020

4.5±0.1.177±.00425.4±0.1

1.000±.004

9.1.358

11.9.469

11.9.469

49.2 1.938

16.9±0.8.666±.032

F.P.


O.P.

R56

4.2+0.1−0.05

.165+.004−.002

4.2 dia. hole+0.1−0.05

.165+.004−.002

4.8.189







19.1±0.8.752±.031



18.7.736

20.1±0.5.791±.020

F.P.O.P.

R19








30.2±0.51.189±.020

Rigid roller lever


18.7.736

20.1±0.5.791±.020

F.P.O.P.

R41








30.2±0.81.189±.031

AM1

58

4. Oil tight types mm inch General tolerance: ±0.4 ±.016

The pushbutton part is sealed with the rubber cap and the connected part between the cap and body is also coated with resin so that these parts are kept off from foreign matters. This type has resistance to oil.Rigid lever


26.11.028

20.1±0.5.791±.020

F.P.O.P.

R63.5

Plunger seal

4.8.189








19.1±0.7.752±.028



26.11.028

20.1±0.5.791±.020

16.9±0.8.666±.032

F.P.O.P.

R26.7

Plunger seal Roller 9.5 dia.×4:Plastic







30.2±0.41.189±.016

Rigid roller lever


26.11.028

20.1±0.5.791±.020 16.9±0.8

.666±.032

F.P.O.P.

R48.3

Plunger seal Roller 9.5 dia.×4:Plastic







30.2±0.71.189±.028

AM1

59

TERMINAL COVER FOR NZ BASIC SWITCHES mm inch General tolerance: ±0.4 ±.016

NOTES

Terminal cover(for the standard type with soldering terminal)

AA7000

25.4±0.11.000±.004

21.2.835

R4.157

8.315

4.4.173

5.5.217

8.315

8.315

8.315

16.5.650

8.315

8.315

501.969

53.22.094

16.630

4.2 +0.1−0.05

.165+.004−.002

4.2 +0.1−0.05

.165+.004−.002

17.9+0.20

.705+.0080

R2.1.157

R4.157

Terminal cover(for the standard type with screw terminal)

AA8000

25.4±0.11.000±.004

21.2.835

R4.157

8.315

4.4.173

5.5.217

8.315

8.315

8.315

16.5.650

8.315

8.315

501.969

53.22.094

20.787

4.2 +0.1−0.05

.165+.004−.002

4.2 +0.1−0.05

.165+.004−.002

17.9+0.20

.705+.0080

R2.1.157

R4.157

1. Terminal cover can protect switches from external force and the leakage between terminals can be avoided. Also it can be a simple safety protector because the direct touch of fingers to terminals can be avoided.

2. Nylon 66 is used for higher durability.3. The height of terminal cover for the solder

types is lower than terminal cover for the screw types.

4. AA7000 and AA8000 have 6 knoch-out portions. Lead wire can be taken out from any desired portion.

1. Regarding fastening of switch body1) In fastening the switch body, use M4 mounting screws to attach switches with the torque 1.5 N·m or less.2) After mounting and wiring, the insulation distance between ground and each terminal should be confirmed as sufficient.2. Adjustment of the operating deviceThe operating device should be positioned so that it applies no stress to the pushbutton or actuator when the switch is in the open position. If this condition is exceeded, the mechanical and electrical performance will be impaired. In addition, the force applied by the operating device should be in a perpendicular direction. Even if the pushbutton is used in the full total travel position, there will be no influence on the life of the switch.

3. Soldering operationsSoldering should be done in less than 5 seconds, with a 60 watt iron (tip temperature = 350°C 662°F max.). Care should be taken not to apply force to the terminal during soldering.4. Avoid using switches in the following conditions:• In corrosive gases such as hydrogen sulfide.• In flammable or explosive gases such as gasoline or thinner etc.• In a dusty environment.• In an ambient humidity over 85%.• In the conditions where the perpendicular operating speed is less than 0.1 mm/sec. or more than 1,000 mm/sec.• In a silicon atmosphere.5. OthersCaution should be taken not to drop switches.

AM5

60

CONSTRUCTION


MINIATURE SWITCHES WITH HIGH PRECISION

QV (AM5) SWITCHES

VDE

Standard type contact gap is 1mm .039inch. Please consult us if you need more than 1mm .039inch contact gap.

FEATURES• High precision as a result of designing ideal spring by using computer analysisO.P. 14.7±0.4mm .579±.016inch• Reliable design with shock resistance min. 980 m/s2 100 G• High inrush resistance 160A• Wide variety of contact ratings and terminal types• UL/CSA/VDE/SEMKO approved

TYPICAL APPLICATION• Home appliances• Vending machines• Amusement and communication equipment• Copiers• General industrial machines

1. Silver alloy contact 2. Gold clad contact

Type ofswitch Terminals Actuators Guard

1: Bottom COM, SPDT2: Bottom COM, SPST-NC3: Bottom COM, SPST-NO4: Side COM, SPDT5: Side COM, SPST-NC6: Side COM, SPST-NO

AM5:QVswitch

Contact rating

00: 0.1 A (Gold clad)06: 6 A (Silver alloy)11: 11 A (Silver alloy)16: 16 A (Silver alloy)

21: 21 A (Silver alloy)(Product is end of life)

0: Pin plunger1: Short hinge lever2: Hinge lever3: Long hinge lever4: Simulated roller lever5: Short roller lever6: Roller lever

1. Not every combination is available. Please refer to the table, PRODUCT TYPES .2. .187 Quick connect/solder terminal and 2.94 N operating force types are custom ordered. Please consult us.3. When ordering agency standard approved types, please attach the following number to the part number. 9: UL/CSA 6 × 103 rated 4: UL/CSA 105 rated 3: UL/CSA 6 × 103 rated, VDE and SEMKO approved 31: UL/CSA 105 rated, VDE and SEMKO approved 8: VDE and SEMKO approved

Remarks:

Terminals

(A: .187 Quick- connect/solder terminal)C: .187 Quick- connect terminalD: .250 Quick- connect terminal

3: 0.49 N4: 0.98 N5: 1.96 N6: 2.94 N7: 3.92 N


R: Right hand guardedL: Left hand guarded

Ex. AM5 0 6 1 0 C 5 R

AM5

61

PRODUCT TYPES1. 0.1A type (Gold clad contact).187 Quick-connect terminal (Guardless)1) Bottom COM terminal

Actuator Operating force, Max.Contact arrangement Contact arrangement


Pin plunger

0.49 N AM50010C3 AM50020C3 AM50030C3

0.98 N AM50010C4 AM50020C4 AM50030C4

1.96 N AM50010C5 AM50020C5 AM50030C5

Short hinge lever

0.59 N AM50011C3 AM50021C3 AM50031C3

1.08 N AM50011C4 AM50021C4 AM50031C4

2.16 N AM50011C5 AM50021C5 AM50031C5

Hinge lever

0.29 N AM50012C3 AM50022C3 AM50032C3

0.59 N AM50012C4 AM50022C4 AM50032C4

1.18 N AM50012C5 AM50022C5 AM50032C5

Long hinge lever

0.15 N AM50013C3 AM50023C3 AM50033C3

0.29 N AM50013C4 AM50023C4 AM50033C4

0.59 N AM50013C5 AM50023C5 AM50033C5


0.29 N AM50014C3 AM50024C3 AM50034C3

0.59 N AM50014C4 AM50024C4 AM50034C4

1.18 N AM50014C5 AM50024C5 AM50034C5

Short roller lever

0.59 N AM50015C3 AM50025C3 AM50035C3

1.08 N AM50015C4 AM50025C4 AM50035C4

2.16 N AM50015C5 AM50025C5 AM50035C5

Roller lever

0.29 N AM50016C3 AM50026C3 AM50036C3

0.59 N AM50016C4 AM50026C4 AM50036C4

1.18 N AM50016C5 AM50026C5 AM50036C5

TERMINALS.187 Quick-connect terminal .187 Quick-connect/solder terminalBottom COM terminal

Side COM terminal

Dimensions.187 Quick-connect terminal

Dimensions.187 Quick-connect/solder terminal

.250 Quick-connect terminalBottom COM terminal

Side COM terminal

Dimensions

GUARDSGuarded types are available only for Side COM terminal type (.187 Quick-connect).All types of bottom COM are not guarded.

Left hand guarded

Right hand guarded

C

NC

NO2

31

C

NC

NO2

31

6.35.250

3.2.126

1.55 dia..061 dia.

6.4.252

4.75.187

1.2.047

R1.2.047

R0.8.031

6.35.250

3.2.126

6.4.252

4.75.187

C

NC

NO2

31

C

NC

NO2

31

6.35

8.052

.079

.065 dia.

4.15

+.004 0

1.65 dia.+0.1 0

+0.05–0.07

.250 +.002–.003

±0.15

.163 ±.006

+0.1–0.05

.317 +.004–.002

AM5

62

2) Side COM terminal

Remarks: 1. Regarding side COM terminal types, right hand guarded types and left hand guarded types are available.When ordering, please attach suffix “R” for right hand guarded types or “L” for left hand guarded types to the part number.<ex.> Guardless type Right hand guarded typeAM50040C4 → AM50040C4R

2. When ordering agency standard approved types, please attach the following number to the part number. 9: UL/CSA 6 × 103 rated 4: UL/CSA 105 rated 3: UL/CSA 6 × 103 rated, VDE and SEMKO approved31: UL/CSA 105 rated, VDE and SEMKO approved 8: VDE and SEMKO approved

3. Also .187 Quick-connect/solder terminal is available. When ordering, change the eighth digit of part number C to A.<ex.> .187 Quick-connect terminal .187 Quick-connect/solder terminalAM50010C4 → AM50010A4

4. .250 Quick-connect terminal is available for operating force min. 0.49N types. When ordering, change the eighth digit of part number C to D.<ex.> .187 Quick-connect terminal .250 Quick-connect terminalAM50010C3 → AM50010D3



Pin plunger

0.49 N AM50040C3 AM50050C3 AM50060C3

0.98 N AM50040C4 AM50050C4 AM50060C4

1.96 N AM50040C5 AM50050C5 AM50060C5

Short hinge lever

0.59 N AM50041C3 AM50051C3 AM50061C3

1.08 N AM50041C4 AM50051C4 AM50061C4

2.16 N AM50041C5 AM50051C5 AM50061C5

Hinge lever

0.29 N AM50042C3 AM50052C3 AM50062C3

0.59 N AM50042C4 AM50052C4 AM50062C4

1.18 N AM50042C5 AM50052C5 AM50062C5

Long hinge lever

0.15 N AM50043C3 AM50053C3 AM50063C3

0.29 N AM50043C4 AM50053C4 AM50063C4

0.59 N AM50043C5 AM50053C5 AM50063C5


0.29 N AM50044C3 AM50054C3 AM50064C3

0.59 N AM50044C4 AM50054C4 AM50064C4

1.18 N AM50044C5 AM50054C5 AM50064C5

Short roller lever

0.59 N AM50045C3 AM50055C3 AM50065C3

1.08 N AM50045C4 AM50055C4 AM50065C4

2.16 N AM50045C5 AM50055C5 AM50065C5

Roller lever

0.29 N AM50046C3 AM50056C3 AM50066C3

0.59 N AM50046C4 AM50056C4 AM50066C4

1.18 N AM50046C5 AM50056C5 AM50066C5

AM5

63

2. 6A type (Silver alloy contact).187 Quick-connect terminal (Guardless)1) Bottom COM terminal




4. * is a custom order. Please consult us.5. .250 Quick-connect terminal is available. When ordering, change the eighth digit of part number C to D.

<ex.> .187 Quick-connect terminal .250 Quick-connect terminalAM50610C3 → AM50610D3



Pin plunger

0.49 N AM50610C3 AM50620C3 AM50630C3

0.98 N AM50610C4 AM50620C4 AM50630C4

1.96 N AM50610C5 AM50620C5 AM50630C5

*2.94 N AM50610C6 AM50620C6 AM50630C6

3.92 N AM50610C7 AM50620C7 AM50630C7

Short hinge lever

0.59 N AM50611C3 AM50621C3 AM50631C3

1.08 N AM50611C4 AM50621C4 AM50631C4

2.16 N AM50611C5 AM50621C5 AM50631C5

*3.14 N AM50611C6 AM50621C6 AM50631C6

4.12 N AM50611C7 AM50621C7 AM50631C7

Hinge lever

0.29 N AM50612C3 AM50622C3 AM50632C3

0.59 N AM50612C4 AM50622C4 AM50632C4

1.18 N AM50612C5 AM50622C5 AM50632C5

*1.77 N AM50612C6 AM50622C6 AM50632C6

2.35 N AM50612C7 AM50622C7 AM50632C7

Long hinge lever

0.15 N AM50613C3 AM50623C3 AM50633C3

0.29 N AM50613C4 AM50623C4 AM50633C4

0.59 N AM50613C5 AM50623C5 AM50633C5

*0.88 N AM50613C6 AM50623C6 AM50633C6

1.18 N AM50613C7 AM50623C7 AM50633C7


0.29 N AM50614C3 AM50624C3 AM50634C3

0.59 N AM50614C4 AM50624C4 AM50634C4

1.18 N AM50614C5 AM50624C5 AM50634C5

*1.77 N AM50614C6 AM50624C6 AM50634C6

2.35 N AM50614C7 AM50624C7 AM50634C7

Short roller lever

0.59 N AM50615C3 AM50625C3 AM50635C3

1.08 N AM50615C4 AM50625C4 AM50635C4

2.16 N AM50615C5 AM50625C5 AM50635C5

*3.14 N AM50615C6 AM50625C6 AM50635C6

4.12 N AM50615C7 AM50625C7 AM50635C7

Roller lever

0.29 N AM50616C3 AM50626C3 AM50636C3

0.59 N AM50616C4 AM50626C4 AM50636C4

1.18 N AM50616C5 AM50626C5 AM50636C5

*1.77 N AM50616C6 AM50626C6 AM50636C6

2.35 N AM50616C7 AM50626C7 AM50636C7

AM5

64





4. * is a custom order. Please consult us.5. .250 Quick-connect terminal is available. When ordering, change the eighth digit of part number C to D.




Pin plunger

0.49 N AM50640C3 AM50650C3 AM50660C3

0.98 N AM50640C4 AM50650C4 AM50660C4

1.96 N AM50640C5 AM50650C5 AM50660C5

*2.94 N AM50640C6 AM50650C6 AM50660C6

3.92 N AM50640C7 AM50650C7 AM50660C7

Short hinge lever

0.59 N AM50641C3 AM50651C3 AM50661C3

1.08 N AM50641C4 AM50651C4 AM50661C4

2.16 N AM50641C5 AM50651C5 AM50661C5

*3.14 N AM50641C6 AM50651C6 AM50661C6

4.12 N AM50641C7 AM50651C7 AM50661C7

Hinge lever

0.29 N AM50642C3 AM50652C3 AM50662C3

0.59 N AM50642C4 AM50652C4 AM50662C4

1.18 N AM50642C5 AM50652C5 AM50662C5

*1.77 N AM50642C6 AM50652C6 AM50662C6

2.35 N AM50642C7 AM50652C7 AM50662C7

Long hinge lever

0.15 N AM50643C3 AM50653C3 AM50663C3

0.29 N AM50643C4 AM50653C4 AM50663C4

0.59 N AM50643C5 AM50653C5 AM50663C5

*0.88 N AM50643C6 AM50653C6 AM50663C6

1.18 N AM50643C7 AM50653C7 AM50663C7


0.29 N AM50644C3 AM50654C3 AM50664C3

0.59 N AM50644C4 AM50654C4 AM50664C4

1.18 N AM50644C5 AM50654C5 AM50664C5

*1.77 N AM50644C6 AM50654C6 AM50664C6

2.35 N AM50644C7 AM50654C7 AM50664C7

Short roller lever

0.59 N AM50645C3 AM50655C3 AM50665C3

1.08 N AM50645C4 AM50655C4 AM50665C4

2.16 N AM50645C5 AM50655C5 AM50665C5

*3.14 N AM50645C6 AM50655C6 AM50665C6

4.12 N AM50645C7 AM50655C7 AM50665C7

Roller lever

0.29 N AM50646C3 AM50656C3 AM50666C3

0.59 N AM50646C4 AM50656C4 AM50666C4

1.18 N AM50646C5 AM50656C5 AM50666C5

*1.77 N AM50646C6 AM50656C6 AM50666C6

2.35 N AM50646C7 AM50656C7 AM50666C7

AM5

65






4. .250 Quick-connect terminal is available. When ordering, change the eighth digit of part number C to D.<ex.> .187 Quick-connect terminal .250 Quick-connect terminalAM51110C4 → AM51110D4




Pin plunger 0.98 N AM51110C4 AM51120C4 AM51130C4

Short hinge lever 1.08 N AM51111C4 AM51121C4 AM51131C4

Hinge lever 0.59 N AM51112C4 AM51122C4 AM51132C4

Long hinge lever 0.29 N AM51113C4 AM51123C4 AM51133C4

Simulated roller lever 0.59 N AM51114C4 AM51124C4 AM51134C4

Short roller lever 1.08 N AM51115C4 AM51125C4 AM51135C4

Roller lever 0.59 N AM51116C4 AM51126C4 AM51136C4



Pin plunger 0.98 N AM51140C4 AM51150C4 AM51160C4

Short hinge lever 1.08 N AM51141C4 AM51151C4 AM51161C4

Hinge lever 0.59 N AM51142C4 AM51152C4 AM51162C4

Long hinge lever 0.29 N AM51143C4 AM51153C4 AM51163C4

Simulated roller lever 0.59 N AM51144C4 AM51154C4 AM51164C4

Short roller lever 1.08 N AM51145C4 AM51155C4 AM51165C4

Roller lever 0.59 N AM51146C4 AM51156C4 AM51166C4



Pin plunger

1.96 N AM51610C5 AM51620C5 AM51630C5

*2.94 N AM51610C6 AM51620C6 AM51630C6

3.92 N AM51610C7 AM51620C7 AM51630C7

Short hinge lever

2.16 N AM51611C5 AM51621C5 AM51631C5

*3.14 N AM51611C6 AM51621C6 AM51631C6

4.12 N AM51611C7 AM51621C7 AM51631C7

Hinge lever

1.18 N AM51612C5 AM51622C5 AM51632C5

*1.77 N AM51612C6 AM51622C6 AM51632C6

2.35 N AM51612C7 AM51622C7 AM51632C7

Long hinge lever

0.59 N AM51613C5 AM51623C5 AM51633C5

*0.88 N AM51613C6 AM51623C6 AM51633C6

1.18 N AM51613C7 AM51623C7 AM51633C7


1.18 N AM51614C5 AM51624C5 AM51634C5

*1.77 N AM51614C6 AM51624C6 AM51634C6

2.35 N AM51614C7 AM51624C7 AM51634C7

Short roller lever

1.18 N AM51615C5 AM51625C5 AM51635C5

*3.14 N AM51615C6 AM51625C6 AM51635C6

4.12 N AM51615C7 AM51625C7 AM51635C7

Roller lever

1.18 N AM51616C5 AM51626C5 AM51636C5

*1.77 N AM51616C6 AM51626C6 AM51636C6

2.35 N AM51616C7 AM51626C7 AM51636C7

AM5

66





4. * is a custom ordered product. Please consult us.5. .250 Quick-connect terminal is available. When ordering, change the eighth digit of part number C to D.





Pin plunger

1.96 N AM51640C5 AM51650C5 AM51660C5

*2.94 N AM51640C6 AM51650C6 AM51660C6

3.92 N AM51640C7 AM51650C7 AM51660C7

Short hinge lever

2.16 N AM51641C5 AM51651C5 AM51661C5

*3.14 N AM51641C6 AM51651C6 AM51661C6

4.12 N AM51641C7 AM51651C7 AM51661C7

Hinge lever

1.18 N AM51642C5 AM51652C5 AM51662C5

*1.77 N AM51642C6 AM51652C6 AM51662C6

2.35 N AM51642C7 AM51652C7 AM51662C7

Long hinge lever

0.59 N AM51643C5 AM51653C5 AM51663C5

*0.88 N AM51643C6 AM51653C6 AM51663C6

1.18 N AM51643C7 AM51653C7 AM51663C7


1.18 N AM51644C5 AM51654C5 AM51664C5

*1.77 N AM51644C6 AM51654C6 AM51664C6

2.35 N AM51644C7 AM51654C7 AM51664C7

Short roller lever

2.16 N AM51645C5 AM51655C5 AM51665C5

*3.14 N AM51645C6 AM51655C6 AM51665C6

4.12 N AM51645C7 AM51655C7 AM51665C7

Roller lever

1.18 N AM51646C5 AM51656C5 AM51666C5

*1.77 N AM51646C6 AM51656C6 AM51666C6

2.35 N AM51646C7 AM51656C7 AM51666C7



Pin plunger*2.94 N AM52110D6 AM52120D6 AM52130D6

3.92 N AM52110D7 AM52120D7 AM52130D7

Short hinge lever*3.14 N AM52111D6 AM52121D6 AM52131D6

4.12 N AM52111D7 AM52121D7 AM52131D7

Hinge lever*1.77 N AM52112D6 AM52122D6 AM52132D6

2.35 N AM52112D7 AM52122D7 AM52132D7

Long hinge lever*0.88 N AM52113D6 AM52123D6 AM52133D6

1.18 N AM52113D7 AM52123D7 AM52133D7

Simulated roller lever*1.77 N AM52114D6 AM52124D6 AM52134D6

2.35 N AM52114D7 AM52124D7 AM52134D7

Short roller lever*3.14 N AM52115D6 AM52125D6 AM52135D6

4.12 N AM52115D7 AM52125D7 AM52135D7

Roller lever*1.77 N AM52116D6 AM52126D6 AM52136D6

2.35 N AM52116D7 AM52126D7 AM52136D7

AM5

67


Remarks: 1. When ordering agency standard approved types, please attach the following number to the part number. 9: UL/CSA 6 × 103 rated 4: UL/CSA 105 rated 3: UL/CSA 6 × 103 rated, VDE and SEMKO approved31: UL/CSA 105 rated, VDE and SEMKO approved 8: VDE and SEMKO approved

2. * is a custom ordered product. Please consult us.


Remark: The inductive load for DC should have a time constant of 7 ms or less.



Pin plunger*2.94 N AM52140D6 AM52150D6 AM52160D6

3.92 N AM52140D7 AM52150D7 AM52160D7

Short hinge lever*3.14 N AM52141D6 AM52151D6 AM52161D6

4.12 N AM52141D7 AM52151D7 AM52161D7

Hinge lever*1.77 N AM52142D6 AM52152D6 AM52162D6

2.35 N AM52142D7 AM52152D7 AM52162D7

Long hinge lever*0.88 N AM52143D6 AM52153D6 AM52163D6

1.18 N AM52143D7 AM52153D7 AM52163D7

Simulated roller lever*1.77 N AM52144D6 AM52154D6 AM52164D6

2.35 N AM52144D7 AM52154D7 AM52164D7

Short roller lever*3.14 N AM52145D6 AM52155D6 AM52165D6

4.12 N AM52145D7 AM52155D7 AM52165D7

Roller lever*1.77 N AM52146D6 AM52156D6 AM52166D6

2.35 N AM52146D7 AM52156D7 AM52166D7

Type Voltage Resistive load (cos φ ] 1)

Inductive load (cos φ ] 0.6 to 0.7)

Gold clad contact 0.1A type

250V AC 0.1A 0.1A

125V AC 0.1A 0.1A

30V DC 0.1A 0.1A

Silver alloy contact

6A type

250V AC 6A 3A

125V AC 6A 3A

125V DC 0.5A 0.5A

11A type

250V AC 11A 6A

125V AC 11A 6A

125V DC 0.6A 0.6A

16A type

250V AC 16A 10A

125V AC 16A 10A

125V DC 0.6A 0.6A

21A type

250V AC 21A 16A

125V AC 21A 16A

125V DC 0.6A 0.6A

Gold clad contact for low level circuit

6V DC 5mA —

12V DC 2mA —

24V DC 1mA —

DATAGold-clad type Range of low-level current voltage

500

100

50

10

5

2

14 8 12 16 20 24

DC voltage (V)

Cur

rent

(m

A)

AM5

68

2. Characteristics

3. Operating characteristicsPin plunger

Short hinge lever

Hinge lever

Long hinge lever

Type 21A type (Silver alloy) 16, 11, 6A type (Silver alloy) 0.1A type (Gold clad)

Expected life (min.)

Mechanical 107 operations (at 60 cpm)

Electrical 105 Operations (at rated load 20 cpm)105 operations (at rated load)2 × 106 operations (at low-level circuit rating)

Insulation resistance 100MΩ (at 500V DC)

Dielectric strength

Between terminals 1,000Vrms for 1 min.

Between terminals and other exposed metal parts

2,000Vrms for 1 min.

Between terminals and ground 2,000Vrms for 1 min.

Contact resistance (initial) 50mΩ (by voltage drop at 1A 6 to 8V DC) 50mΩ (by voltage drop at 0.1A 6 to 8V DC)

Vibration resistance (by pin plunger) 10 to 55Hz at simple amplitude of 0.75mm (Contact opening: max. 1msec.)

Shock resistance (by pin plunger) (contact opening: max. 1msec.)

Min. 294 m/s2

O.F. 0.49 N max. type Min. 98 m/s2


O.F. 1.96 N to 3.92 N max. type Min. 294 m/s2

O.F. 0.15 N to 0.49 N max. type Min. 98 m/s2



Allowable operating speed 0.1 to 1,000mm/sec. (at pin plunger)

Maximum operating cycle rate 600cpm

Ambient temperature –25 to +105°C –13 to +221°F (Not freezing below 0°C 32°F)

Weight 6.3g .222oz

7th digit of part No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Operating force, max. — — 0.49 N 0.98 N 1.96 N 2.94 N 3.92 N

Release force, min. — — 0.12 N 0.25 N 0.49 N 0.74 N 0.98 N

Pretravel, max. mm inch — 1.4 .055

Movement differential, max. mm inch — 0.4 .016

Overtravel, min. mm inch — 1.0 .039

Operating position mm inch — 14.7±0.4 .579±.016

7th digit of part No. 3 4 5 6 7

Operating force, max. 0.59 N 1.08 N 2.16 N 3.14 N 4.12 N

Release force, min. 0.098 N 0.20 N 0.39 N 0.59 N 0.78 N




Operating position mm inch 15.3±0.5 .602±.020















AM5

69


Short roller lever

Roller lever























1. Pin plunger Bottom COM terminal (Guardless)

.187 Quick-connect terminal .250 Quick-connect terminal

(P.T.)1.4 max..055

10.3.406

3.95.156

39.451.553

–0.05+0.253.1–.002+.010.122

13.5.531

3.4

22.2

2.8.110

1.8.07127.8 1.094

20.2 .7952.8.110

C

NO

NC

1

3

2

±0.15

.134 ±.006

±0.1

.874 ±.004

3.2.126

6.35.250

1.55 dia..061

6.4.252

4.75.187

3.1 dia.+0.25–0.05

.122 dia.+.010–.002

5.65.2226.5.256

6.65.262

9.3.366

4.1.161

0.5.020

2.8.110

10.3 ±0.1

.406 ±.00415.9.626

14.7(O.P.)

±0.4

.579 ±.016

12°

42.71.681

3.4

22.2

2.8.110

1.8.07127.8 1.094

20.2 .7952.8.110

C

NO

NC

13

2

±0.15

.134 ±.006

±0.1

.874 ±.004

±1

2.079

-0.05+0.18.05-.002+.004.317

4.15

–0.07+0.056.35–.003+.002.250

±0.15

.163 ±.006

(P.T.)1.4 max..055

10.3.406

3.95.156

–0.05+0.253.1–.002+.010.122

2.8.110

10.3 ±0.1

.406 ±.00415.9.626

14.7(O.P.)

±0.4

.579 ±.016

3.1 dia.+0.25–0.05

.122 dia.+.010–.002

1.65 dia.+0.10

.065 dia.+.0040

3.6.142

4.1.161

0.8.031

9.3.366

9.7.382

10.6.417

Side COM terminal (Guardless) .187 Quick-connect terminal .250 Quick-connect terminal

C

NO

NC

1

3

2

(P.T.)1.4 max..055

10.3.406

3.95.156

39.451.553

–0.05+0.253.1–.002+.010.122

3.4

22.2

2.8.110

1.8.07127.8 1.094

20.2 .7952.8.110

±0.15

.134 ±.006

±0.1

.874 ±.004

3.2.126

6.35.250

1.55 dia..061

6.4.252

4.75.187

3.1 dia.+0.25–0.05

.122 dia.+.010–.002

5.65.2226.5.2566.236

9.3.366

4.1.161

0.5.020

2.8.110

10.3 ±0.1

.406 ±.00415.9.626

14.7(O.P.)

±0.4

.579 ±.016

C

NO

NC

13

2

10.3.406

3.95.156

42.71.681

3.4

22.2

2.8.110

1.8.07127.8 1.094

20.2 .7952.8.110

±0.15

.134 ±.006

±0.1

.874 ±.004

2.079

-0.05+0.18.05-.002+.004.317

4.15

–0.07+0.056.35–.003+.002.250

±0.15

.163 ±.006

(P.T.)1.4 max..055

–0.05+0.253.1–.002+.010.122

2.8.110

10.3 ±0.1

.406 ±.00415.9.626

14.7(O.P.)

±0.4

.579 ±.016

3.1 dia.+0.25–0.05

.122 dia.+.010–.002

1.65 dia.+0.10

.065 dia.+.0040

3.6.142

4.1.161

0.8.031

9.3.366

9.8.386

10.6.417

AM5

70

Side COM terminal mm inch General tolerance: ±0.25 ±.010

Pin plunger characteristic chart

2. Short hinge lever

The dimensions other than drawn above are same as pin plunger type.

0.1A type — —6A type

11A type — — — —16A type — —

21A type — — —

7th digit of part No. 3 4 5 6 7Operating force, max. 0.49 N 0.98 N 1.96 N 2.94 N 3.92 NRelease force, min. 0.12 N 0.25 N 0.49 N 0.74 N 0.98 NPretravel, max. mm inch 1.4 .055Movement differential, max. mm inch 0.4 .016Overtravel, min. mm inch 1.0 .039Operating position mm inch 14.7±0.4 .579±.016

(Right hand guarded) .187 Quick-connect terminal

1.0.039

0.5.020

411.614

C

NO

NC

1

3

2

(P.T.)1.4 max..055

10.3.406

3.95.156

39.451.553

–0.05+0.253.1–.002+.010.122

3.4

22.2

2.8.110

1.8.07127.8 1.094

20.2 .7952.8.110

±0.15

.134 ±.006

±0.1

.874 ±.004

3.2.126 6.35

.250

1.55 dia..061

6.4.252

4.75.187

3.1 dia.+0.25–0.05

.122 dia.+.010–.002

5.65.2226.5.256 20

.7876.236

9.3.366

4.1.161

0.5.020

2.8.110

10.3 ±0.1

.406 ±.00415.9.626

14.7(O.P.)

±0.4

.579 ±.016

Side COM terminal(Left hand guarded)

.187 Quick-connect terminal

27.8 1.09420.2 .795

1.0.039

0.5.020

411.614

(P.T.)1.4 max..055

10.3.406

3.95.156

39.451.553

–0.05+0.253.1

–.002+.010.122

3.4

22.2

2.8.110

1.8.071

2.8.110

±0.15

.134 ±.006

±0.1

.874 ±.004

3.2.126

6.35.250

1.55 dia..061

6.4.252

4.75.187

3.1 dia.+0.25–0.05

.122 dia.+.010–.002

5.65.2226.5

.25620.787

6.236

9.3.366

4.1.161

0.5.020

2.8.110

10.3 ±0.1

.406 ±.00415.9.626

14.7(O.P.)

±0.4

.579 ±.016

27.8 1.094.870

20.2 .795

C

NO

NC

13

2

±.02022.1±0.5

(P.T.)1.6 max..063

10.3.406

5.0.197

39.451.553

–0.05+0.253.1–.002+.010.122

13.5.531

3.4

22.2

2.8.110

1.8.071

±0.15

.134 ±.006

±0.1

.874 ±.004

3.2.126

6.35.250

1.55 dia..061

6.4.252

4.75.187

3.1 dia.+0.25–0.05

.122 dia.+.010–.002

5.65.2226.5.256

6.65.262

9.3.366

4.1.161

0.5.020

2.8.110

10.3 ±0.1

.406 ±.00415.9.626

15.3(O.P.)

±0.5

.602 ±.020


11A type — — — —16A type — —

21A type — — —

7th digit of part No. 3 4 5 6 7Operating force, Max.

0.59 N

1.08 N

2.16 N

3.14 N

4.12 N

Release force, Min.

0.098 N

0.20 N

0.39 N

0.59 N

0.78 N





AM5

71

3. Hinge lever mm inch General tolerance: ±0.25 ±.010


4. Long hinge lever


5. Simulated roller lever


1.40927.8 1.094

20.2 .795

C

NO

NC

1

3

2

±.02035.8 ±0.5

(P.T.)3.2 max..126

10.3.406

5.0.197

39.451.553

–0.05+0.253.1–.002+.010.122

13.5.531

3.4

22.2

2.8.110

1.8.071

±0.15

.134 ±.006

±0.1

.874 ±.004

3.2.126

6.35.250

1.55 dia..061

6.4.252

4.75.187

3.1 dia.+0.25–0.05

.122 dia.+.010–.002

5.65.2226.5.256

6.65.262

9.3.366

4.1.161

0.5.020

2.8.110

10.3 ±0.1

.406 ±.00415.9.626

14.3(O.P.)

±1.0

.602 ±.039


11A type — — — —16A type — —

21A type — — —


0.29 N

0.59 N

1.18 N

1.77 N

2.35 N

Release force, Min.

0.049 N

0.098 N

0.20 N

0.29 N

0.39 N





2.34327.8 1.094

20.2 .795

C

NO

NC

1

3

2

±.02059.5 ±0.5

(P.T.)7.5 max..295

10.3.406

5.0.197

39.451.553

–0.05+0.253.1–.002+.010.122

13.5.531

3.4

22.2

2.8.110

1.8.071

±0.15

.134 ±.006

±0.1

.874 ±.004

3.2.126

6.35.250

1.55 dia..061

6.4.252

4.75.187

3.1 dia.+0.25–0.05

.122 dia.+.010–.002

5.65.2226.5.256

6.65.262

9.3.366

4.1.161

0.5.020

2.8.110

10.3 ±0.1

.406 ±.00415.9.626

15.3(O.P.)

±2.6

.602 ±.102


11A type — — — —16A type — —

21A type — — —


0.15 N

0.29 N

0.59 N

0.88 N

1.18 N

Release force, Min.

0.025 N

0.049 N

0.098 N

0.15 N

0.20 N





R3.118

1.29127.8 1.094

C

NO

NC

13

2

±.02032.8 ±0.5

(P.T.)3.2 max..126

10.3.406

5.0.197

39.451.553

–0.05+0.253.1–.002+.010.122

13.5.531

3.4

22.2

2.8.110

1.8.071

±0.15

.134 ±.006

±0.1

.874 ±.004

3.2.126

6.35.250

1.55 dia..061

6.4.252

4.75.187

3.1 dia.+0.25–0.05

.122 dia.+.010–.002

5.65.2226.5.256

6.65.262

9.3.366

4.1.161

0.5.020

2.8.110

10.3 ±0.1

.406 ±.00415.9.626

18.5(O.P.)

±1.0

.728 ±.039

20.2 .795


11A type — — — —16A type — —

21A type — — —


0.29 N

0.59 N

1.18 N

1.77 N

2.35 N

Release force, Min.

0.049 N

0.098 N

0.20 N

0.29 N

0.39 N





AM5

72

6. Short roller lever mm inch General tolerance: ±0.25 ±.010



.81127.8 1.09420.2 .795

C

NO

NC

13

2

±.02020.6 ±0.5(P.T.)

1.6 max..063

10.3.406

4.9.193

4.8.189

39.451.553

–0.05+0.253.1–.002+.010.122

13.5.531

3.4

22.2

2.8.110

1.8.071

±0.15

.134 ±.006

±0.1

.874 ±.004

3.2.126

6.35.250

1.55 dia..061

6.4.252

4.75.187

3.1 dia.+0.25–0.05

.122 dia.+.010–.002

5.65.2226.5.256

6.65.262

9.3.366

4.1.161

0.5.020

2.8.110

10.3 ±0.1

.406 ±.00415.9.626

20.7(O.P.)

±0.5

.815 ±.020


11A type — — — —16A type — —

21A type — — —


0.59 N

1.08 N

2.16 N

3.14 N

4.12 N

Release force, Min.

0.098 N

0.20 N

0.39 N

0.59 N

0.78 N





7. Hinge Roller lever

1.346

C

NO

NC

13

2

±.02034.2 ±0.5

27.8 1.09420.2 .795

(P.T.)3.2 max..126

10.3.406

4.9.193

4.8.189

39.451.553

–0.05+0.253.1–.002+.010.122

13.5.531

3.4

22.2

2.8.110

1.8.071

±0.15

.134 ±.006

±0.1

.874 ±.004

3.2.126

6.35.250

1.55 dia..061

6.4.252

4.75.187

3.1 dia.+0.25–0.05

.122 dia.+.010–.002

5.65.2226.5.256

6.65.262

9.3.366

4.1.161

0.5.020

2.8.110

10.3 ±0.1

.406 ±.00415.9.626

20.7(O.P.)

±1.0

.815 ±.039


11A type — — — —16A type — —

21A type — — —


0.29 N

0.59 N

1.18 N

1.77 N

2.35 N

Release force, Min.

0.049 N

0.098 N

0.20 N

0.29 N

0.39 N





NOTES1. Fastening of the switch body1) Use flat filister head M3 screws to mount switches with less than a 0.49 N·m torque. Use of screws washers or adhesive lock is recommended to prevent loosening of the screws.2) Check insulation distance between ground and each terminal.3) When the operation object is in the free position, force should not be applied directly to the actuator or pin plunger. Also force should be applied to the pin plunger from vertical direction to the switch.4) The standard value of overtravel should be the range of 70% to 100% of the rated O.T. value.2. Soldering operationsSoldering should be accomplished in less than 5 seconds, with a 60 watt iron. Care should be taken not to apply force to the terminal during soldering.3. Varience of operating characteristicsWhen specifying the switch, allow +20% to the listed operating and release forces.

4. EnvironmentAvoid using the switches in the following conditions;• In corrosive gases, such as silicon gas• In a dusty environment5. For switching of inductive loads (relays, solenoids, etc.)1) In order to prevent damage to contacts due to the occurrence of arcing, an arc absorbing circuit should be applied.2) Care should be taken that occurrence in AC load possibly shorten the expected life.6. Please assure the quality and reliability of the switch under the actual service condition.7. It is recommended to use Gold clad contact type in use of low-level circuit rating.8. Cover and body are press-fitted. Once it is taken apart, it may cause change of characteristics.

USE OF CONNECTORThe .187 Quick-connect terminal and .250 Quick-connect terminal accept the all kinds of 1 polarity connectors and the “Positive Lock” connectors.Please contact the manufacturers directly.• receptacle terminal

.250 series .187 series

• “Positive Lock” connector. (equipped with the lock construction of low insertion type)

.187 type (1 polarity)

.250 type (1 polarity)

.187 type (2 polarities)

.187 type (3 polarities)

<CUSTOM ORDERED PRODUCT>

73

PRODUCT TYPESContact rating: 0.1A, 6A, 11A, 16A (250V AC)Terminal shape: .187 Quick connect terminal, .187 Quick connect/solder terminalFor other specifications, please consult us.

DIMENSIONS AND NOTESPlease refer to Standard QV switches catalog for dimensions and notes.

SPECIFICATIONS

Please consult us for further information.

MINIATURE SWITCHES WITH HIGH PRECISION (Contact gap: more than

1mm .039inch type)

QV (AM5) SWITCHES

• Conforms with the IEC950 standards for secondary circuit insulation distance.Assures a contact gap of at least 1mm .039inch

• Can handle high-capacity loads on the secondary side that S-type size switches cannot

• High inrush and hard impacts resistant• Excellent operating position precision• UL/CSA/VDE/SEMKO/TÜV approved

• Contact ratings (0.1 to 16 A)

Remark: The inductive load for DC should have a time constant of 7 ms or less.

Voltage Resistive load(cos φ = 1.0)

Inductive load(cos φ ] 0.6 to 0.7)

Type 0.1A 6A 11A 16A 0.1A 6A 11A 16A

250V AC 0.1A 6A 11A 16A 0.1A 3A 6A 10A

125V AC 0.1A 6A 11A 16A 0.1A 3A 6A 10A

125V DC 0.1A 0.5A 0.6A 0.6A 0.1A 0.5A 0.6A 0.6A

• 0.1A type minimum load:6V DC 5mA (Resistive load)12V DC 2mA (Resistive load)24V DC 1mA (Resistive load)

AH7

74


TERMINALS mm inch

HIGH PERFORMANCE MINIATURE SWITCHES

WITH WIDE RANGE

NV (AH7) SWITCHES

(Heart resistant type)FEATURES• Extra long-life spring mechanism—More than 107 mechanical operations, 105 electrical• High contact rating of 15 Amps with an operating force of only 200 g 7.05 oz• Safety insulation guard types available• Available in a wide operating force and capacity range• UL/CSA/VDE/SEMKO approved

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS• Home appliances• Vending machines• Amusement and communication equipment• Copiers• General industrial machines

Type of switch

NV switch

Contact arrangement Terminal Actuators

1: Bottom COM terminal SPDT2: Bottom COM terminal SPST-NC3: Bottom COM terminal SPST-NO4: Side COM terminal SPDT5: Side COM terminal SPST-NC6: Side COM terminal SPST-NO

*2: (Solder terminal without guard)5: .187 Quick-connect/ solder terminal without guard8: (.250 Quick-connect terminal)

0: Pin plunger1: Short hinge lever2: Hinge lever3: Long hinge lever4: Simulated roller lever5: Short roller lever6: Roller lever

Operating force by pin plunger (max.)

Ex. AH7

Type 0.49N 0.98N 1.96N 3.92N

Remark: Please consult us for * marked product.When ordering international standard approved types, please attach the following number to the part no. 9: UL/CSA 6 × 103 rated 8: VDE/SEMKO 4: UL/CSA 105 rated 7: UL TV rating

Heat resistant type (Standard)

.187 Quick-connect/solder terminal without guardSolder terminal without guard .250 Quick-connect terminal

Heat resistant type (Low-level circuit type)

356

362

456

462

555

562

755*(355) *(455)

—

1. .187 Quick-connect/solder terminal1) Bottom COM terminal


3) Terminal portion dimensions

* Indicating for the center of 1.6 dia. .063 dia.

2. Solder terminal1) Bottom COM terminal

2)Terminal portion dimensions

3. .250 Quick-connect terminal1) Bottom COM terminal

2) Terminal portion dimensions

3.4.134

(10)(.394)t=0.5 .020

3-.187 Quick-connect terminal

(10)(.394)

3.2*.126*

2.4 dia..094

1.6 dia..063

6.4.252

6.35.250

4.75±0.1

.187±.004

3.4.134

(6.5)(.256)

t=0.5.020

2.4 dia..094

7.276

6.5.2564

.157

3.7.146

6°2.35.093 (11)

(.433)t=0.8 .0313-.250 Quick-connect terminal

1.65 dia..065

6.35±0.1

.250±.004

8.05.3173.4

.134

AH7

75

TABLE OF PRODUCT TYPES

PRODUCT TYPES

Types Contact rating

Contact arrangement Schematic Terminals Operating force, max.

SPDT SPST-NC

SPST-NO

Bottom COM

terminal (without guard)

Side terminal (without guard)

.187 Quick-

connect/solder

terminal

Solder terminal

.250 Quick-

connect terminal

0.49N 0.98N 1.96N 2.94N 3.92N

Heat resistant type

15A 250V AC — —

10A 250V AC — — — —

5A 250V AC — — — —

Heat resistant type (Low-level circuit type)

3A 250V AC — —

1A 250V AC — — — — — — —

1. Heat resistant type (Standard).187 Quick-connect/solder terminal without guard

Remarks: 1. When ordering solder terminal, change the fifth digit of part number from “5” to “2”.(ex.) AH7150555→AH7120555

2. When ordering 2.94N types, insert the number “655” at the seventh digit of part no. instead of “356”, “456”, “555” or “755”.

3. Please consult us for NC and NO types.4. When ordering international standard approved types, please attach

the following number to the part no.9: UL/CSA 6×103 rated8: VDE/SEMKO7: UL TV rating

2. Heat resistant type (Low-level circuit type)

Remarks: 1. Please consult us for NC and NO types.2. As for International standard, please refer to the “Information”.

Actuators Operating force, max.

Bottom COM terminal

Side COM terminal

Pin plunger

0.49N AH7150356 AH7450356

0.98N AH7150456 AH7450456

1.96N AH7150555 AH7450555

3.92N AH7150755 AH7450755

Short hinge lever

0.59N AH7151356 AH7451356

1.08N AH7151456 AH7451456

2.16N AH7151555 AH7451555

4.12N AH7151755 AH7451755

Hinge lever

0.29N AH7152356 AH7452356

0.59N AH7152456 AH7452456

1.18N AH7152555 AH7452555

2.35N AH7152755 AH7452755

Long hinge lever

0.15N AH7153356 AH7453356

0.29N AH7153456 AH7453456

0.59N AH7153555 AH7453555

1.18N AH7153755 AH7453755


0.29N AH7154356 AH7454356

0.59N AH7154456 AH7454456

1.18N AH7154555 AH7454555

2.35N AH7154755 AH7454755

Short roller lever

0.59N AH7155356 AH7455356

1.08N AH7155456 AH7455456

2.16N AH7155555 AH7455555

4.12N AH7155755 AH7455755

Roller lever

0.29N AH7156356 AH7456356

0.59N AH7156456 AH7456456

1.18N AH7156555 AH7456555

2.35N AH7156755 AH7456755

Actuators Operating force, max.

Bottom COM terminal

Side COM terminal

Pin plunger

0.49N AH7150362 AH7450362

0.98N AH7150462 AH7450462

1.96N AH7150562 AH7450562

Short hinge lever

0.59N AH7151362 AH7451362

1.08N AH7151462 AH7451462

2.16N AH7151562 AH7451562

Hinge lever

0.29N AH7152362 AH7452362

0.59N AH7152462 AH7452462

1.18N AH7152562 AH7452562

Long hinge lever

0.15N AH7153362 AH7453362

0.29N AH7153462 AH7453462

0.59N AH7153562 AH7453562


0.29N AH7154362 AH7454362

0.59N AH7154462 AH7454462

1.18N AH7154562 AH7454562

Short roller lever

0.59N AH7155362 AH7455362

1.08N AH7155462 AH7455462

2.16N AH7155562 AH7455562

Roller lever

0.29N AH7156362 AH7456362

0.59N AH7156462 AH7456462

1.18N AH7156562 AH7456562

AH7

76


• Gold clad low level circuit type (resistive load)Minimum load:6V DC 5mA12V DC 2mA24V DC 1mA

2. Characteristics

3. Operating characteristicsmm inch1) Pin plunger

2) Short hinge lever

3) Hinge lever

Contact Operating force by pin plunger (max.) Rating (resistive load)

Silver alloy

0.49N 5A 250V AC, 0.5A 125V DC

0.98N 10A 250V AC, 0.6A 125V DC

1.96N, 3.92N 15A 250V AC, 0.6A 125V DC

Gold clad 0.49 to 1.96N 3A 250V AC

Contact Silver alloy Gold clad

Operating force by pin plunger (max.) 0.49N 0.98N 1.96N, 2.94N, 3.92N — — 0.49N 0.98N 1.96N

Expected life (min.)

Mechanical (at O.T. rated) Min. 107 (at 60 cpm)

Electrical (at O.T. min.) Min. 105 (at rated load, 20 cpm)

Insulation resistance (min.) Min. 100MΩ (at 500V DC)

Dielectric strength

Between terminals 1,000V AC for 1min.

Between terminals and other exposed metal parts 1,500V AC for 1min.

Between terminals and ground 1,500V AC for 1min.

Contact resistance (Initial) Max. 50mΩ (by voltage drop at 1A 6 to 8V DC) Max. 50 mΩ (by voltage drop at 0.1A 6 to 8V DC)

Vibration resistance (by pin plunger types) 10 to 55 Hz at amplitude of 0.75mm (Contact opening: max. 1msec.)

Shock resistance (by pin plunger types) Min. 98m/s2 196m/s2 294m/s2 98m/s2 196m/s2 294m/s2

Allowable operating speed 0.1 to 1,000mm/sec.

Max. operating cycle rate 600/min.

Ambient temperature –25°C to +120°C –13°F to +248°F (No freezing below 0°C)

Unit weight 8g .28oz

Fifth digit of part number O.F. max. R.F. min. P.T. max. M.D. max. O.T. min. O.P. max.

1 — — — — — —

2 — — — — — —

3 0.49N 0.12N 1.6 .063 0.4 .016 0.8 .031 14.7±0.6 .579±.024

4 0.98N 0.25N 1.6 .063 0.4 .016 0.8 .031 14.7±0.6 .579±.024

5 1.96N 0.49N 1.6 .063 0.4 .016 0.8 .031 14.7±0.6 .579±.024

6 2.94N 0.74N 1.6 .063 0.4 .016 0.8 .031 14.7±0.6 .579±.024

7 3.92N 0.98N 1.6 .063 0.4 .016 0.8 .031 14.7±0.6 .579±.024


3 0.59N 0.098N 1.6 .063 0.5 .020 0.8 .031 15.3±0.8 .602±.031

4 1.08N 0.20N 1.6 .063 0.5 .020 0.8 .031 15.3±0.8 .602±.031

5 2.16N 0.39N 1.6 .063 0.5 .020 0.8 .031 15.3±0.8 .602±.031

6 3.14N 0.59N 1.6 .063 0.5 .020 0.8 .031 15.3±0.8 .602±.031

7 4.12N 0.78N 1.6 .063 0.5 .020 0.8 .031 15.3±0.8 .602±.031


3 0.29N 0.049N 3.2 .126 1.2 .047 1.2 .047 15.3±1.2 .602±.047

4 0.59N 0.098N 3.2 .126 1.2 .047 1.2 .047 15.3±1.2 .602±.047

5 1.18N 0.20N 3.2 .126 1.2 .047 1.2 .047 15.3±1.2 .602±.047

6 1.77N 0.29N 3.2 .126 1.2 .047 1.2 .047 15.3±1.2 .602±.047

7 2.35N 0.39N 3.2 .126 1.2 .047 1.2 .047 15.3±1.2 .602±.047

AH7

77

4) Long hinge lever

5) Simulated roller lever

6) Short roller lever

7) Roller lever

DIMENSIONS mm inch


3 0.15N 0.025N 7.5 .295 2.2 .087 2.2 .087 15.3±2.6 .602±.102

4 0.29N 0.049N 7.5 .295 2.2 .087 2.2 .087 15.3±2.6 .602±.102

5 0.59N 0.098N 7.5 .295 2.2 .087 2.2 .087 15.3±2.6 .602±.102

6 0.88N 0.15N 7.5 .295 2.2 .087 2.2 .087 15.3±2.6 .602±.102

7 1.18N 0.39N 7.5 .295 2.2 .087 2.2 .087 15.3±2.6 .602±.102


3 0.29N 0.049N 3.2 .126 1.2 .047 1.2 .047 18.5±1.2 .728±.047

4 0.59N 0.098N 3.2 .126 1.2 .047 1.2 .047 18.5±1.2 .728±.047

5 1.18N 0.20N 3.2 .126 1.2 .047 1.2 .047 18.5±1.2 .728±.047

6 1.77N 0.29N 3.2 .126 1.2 .047 1.2 .047 18.5±1.2 .728±.047

7 2.35N 0.39N 3.2 .126 1.2 .047 1.2 .047 18.5±1.2 .728±.047


3 0.59N 0.098N 1.6 .063 0.5 .020 0.8 .031 20.7±0.8 .815±.031

4 1.08N 0.20N 1.6 .063 0.5 .020 0.8 .031 20.7±0.8 .815±.031

5 2.16N 0.39N 1.6 .063 0.5 .020 0.8 .031 20.7±0.8 .815±.031

6 3.14N 0.59N 1.6 .063 0.5 .020 0.8 .031 20.7±0.8 .815±.031

7 4.12N 0.78N 1.6 .063 0.5 .020 0.8 .031 20.7±0.8 .815±.031


3 0.29N 0.049N 3.2 .126 1.2 .047 1.2 .047 20.7±1.2 .815±.047

4 0.59N 0.098N 3.2 .126 1.2 .047 1.2 .047 20.7±1.2 .815±.047

5 1.18N 0.20N 3.2 .126 1.2 .047 1.2 .047 20.7±1.2 .815±.047

6 1.77N 0.29N 3.2 .126 1.2 .047 1.2 .047 20.7±1.2 .815±.047

7 2.35N 0.39N 3.2 .126 1.2 .047 1.2 .047 20.7±1.2 .815±.047

1. Pin plungerBottom COM terminal (Guardless)

.187 Quick-connect/Solder terminal

3.95.156

10.3.406

19.3.760

15.9.626

0.5.020

27.81.094

2.8.110

2.8.110

2.8.110

(P.T.)1.6 max..063

(O.P.)14.7±0.6

.579±.024

20.2±0.3

.795±.012

3.4±0.15

.134±.006

22.2±0.1

.874±.004

37.8±0.5

1.488±.020

3.1 dia. hole+0.25–0.05

.122 dia. hole+.010–.002

3.1 +0.25–0.05

.122 +.010–.002

10.3+0.1

.406+.004

Solder terminal

3.95.156

10.3.406

19.3.760

15.9.626

27.81.094

2.8.110

2.8.110

2.8.110

(P.T.)1.6 max..063

(O.P.)14.7±0.6

.579±.024

20.2±0.3

.795±.012

3.4±0.15

.134±.006

22.2±0.1

.874±.004

37.3±0.5

1.469±.020

3.1 dia. hole+0.25–0.05

.122 dia. hole+.010–.002

3.1 +0.25–0.05

.122 +.010–.002

10.3+0.1

.406+.004

AH7

78

Side COM terminal (with right-hand guard) mm inch

Side COM terminal (Guardless)

.187 Quick-connect/Solder terminal

3.95.156

10.3.406

15.9.626

16.1.634

27.81.094

2.8.110

2.8.110

2.8.110

(P.T.)1.6 max..063

(O.P.)14.7±0.6

.579±.024

20.2±0.3

.795±.012

3.4±0.15

.134±.006

22.2±0.1

.874±.004

37.8±0.5

1.488±.020

3.1 dia. hole+0.25–0.05

.122 dia. hole+.010–.002

3.1 +0.25–0.05

.122 +.010–.002

10.3+0.1

.406+.004

2. Short hinge lever

5.200

(P.T.)1.6 max..063

(O.P.)15.3±0.8

.602±.031

22.1±0.5

.870±.020

3. Hinge lever

5.200

(P.T.)3.2 max..126

(O.P.)15.3±1.2

.602±.047

35.8±0.5

1.409±.020

4. Long hinge lever

5.200

(P.T.)7.5 max..295

(O.P.)15.3±2.6

.602±.102

59.5±0.5

2.343±.020

5. Simulated roller lever

5.200

(P.T.)3.2 max..126

3R.118R

(O.P.)18.5±1.2

.728±.047

32.8±0.5

1.291±.020

AH7

79

6. Short roller lever mm inch

NOTES

4.9.193

4.8 dia..189

(P.T.)1.6 max..063

(O.P.)20.7±0.8

.815±.031

20.6±0.5

.811±.020

7. Roller lever

34.2±0.5

1.346±.020

4.9.193

4.8 dia..189

(P.T.)3.2 max..126

(O.P.)20.7±1.2

.815±.047

1. Use M3 screws to mount switches with less than a 0.49N·m torque. Use of screw washers or adhesive lock is recommended. Before mounting, check insulation distance between terminals as well as between terminals and ground. If enough distance is not secured, it is recommended to use insulation material in mounting.Set 70 to 100% overtravel in actual use.When the operation object is in the free position, force should not be applied directly to the actuator or to the pin plunger. Also force should be applied to the pin plunger from vertical direction to the switch.

2. When specifying NV switches, allow ±20% to the listed operating and release forces.3. Hand soldering should be accomplished in less than 5 seconds, preferably with a 60 watt iron. Avoid contacting the switch case with the soldering iron.4. Low-level circuit type is recommended for using under low-level current and voltage.

5. Avoid using NV switches in the following conditions:• In corrosive gases, such as hydrogen sulfide.• In flammable or explosive gases such as gasoline or thinner etc.• In a dusty environment.• In an ambient temperature under –25°C –13°F or over 80°C 176°F.• In an ambient humidity over 85% R.H..

AV3,AVM3/AVT3,AVL3

80

NEW SUBMINIATURE SWITCHES

WITH HIGH PRECISION

FS•FS-T (AV) SWITCHES

VDE

FS FS-T

FEATURES• New additions: FS-T Cross-line terminal types Gold-clad double layer types exclusively for low-level circuits• Consistent quality and high precision through sophisticated automatic fabrication system —O.P.: 8.4±0.3 mm .331±.012 inch (O.P.of conventional subminiature switches: 8.4±0.5 .331±.020)• Flux-resistant construction with integrally molded terminals• Solder terminal; Self-standing, internationally common pitch, right angle, left angle terminals for PC board; Quick connect .110 terminals for easy mounting• Insulation guard available for safety mounting

• 2 lever pivot positions available for applications where low operating force is required• UL/CSA/VDE/SEMKO approved (As for gold-clad double layer, VDE and SEMKO are not approved)

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS• Communication equipment• Vending machines• Security systems• Data systems• Medical equipment• Cassette tape recorders• VCR

PC boardthickness:1.6 mm .063 inch

CONSTRUCTION (Example: AV3/AVM3 type)Standard version Long life version

Remark: As for FS-T switches, the terminals are the different shape.

2 lever pivot positionsSpring

Optional insulation guardFlux resistant construction

Solder-terminalSelf-standing PC terminal.110 Quick connect terminal

Arch-shaped independent spring

CONTACT ARRANGEMENT

COM NCNO

AV3,AVM3/AVT3,AVL3

81

ORDERING INFORMATION1.FS switches

2.FS-T switches


Type ofswitch Terminals Actuators Contacts

1: Self-standing solder terminal with guard2: Self-standing solder terminal without guard3: Self-standing solder terminal with opposite side guard4: Self-standing PC terminal(5: Internationally common pitch PC terminal)(6: Right angle terminal)(7: Left angle terminal)8: .110 Quick-connect terminal

FS•FS-Tswitch

Version

3: StandardM3: Long life

0: Pin plunger1: Short hinge lever2: Hinge lever3: Long hinge lever4: Simulated roller lever5: Roller lever

Lever position

Nil: Standard[11: forward]

Standard version: 0: 0.25 N 2: 0.49 N 4: 0.98 N

Long life version: 5: 1.47 N

Operating force bypin plunger, max.

Nil: Standard type61: Gold-clad triple layer64: Gold-clad double layer type exlusively for low-level circuits

Ex. AV 3 2 0 2

Type ofswitch Terminals Actuators Contacts

2: Solder terminal4: PC terminal8: .110 Quick-connectterminal

FS•FS-Tswitch

Version

T3: StandardL3: Long life

0: Pin plunger1: Short hinge lever2: Hinge lever3: Long hinge lever4: Simulated roller lever5: Roller lever

Standard version: 0: 0.25 N 2: 0.49 N 4: 0.98 N

Long life version: 5: 1.47 N

Operating force bypin plunger, max.

Nil: Standard type (Not applicable to 0.25 N type)61: Gold-clad triple layer64: Gold-clad double layer type exlusively for low-level circuits

Ex. AV T3 2 0 2

Lever position

Nil: Standard[11: forward]

ContactType

Standardversion

Long lifeversion

Rating O.F.

1mA 100mA 3A 5A


Gold-clad triple layercontact type

Gold-clad double layercontact type


Gold-clad triple layercontact type

Gold-clad double layercontact type

Remark: For high capacity contact rating up to 10.1 A, please refer to PS (AVM3P) switches catalog.

1.47 N0.98 N0.49 N0.25 N

Au

CuNi

Au

Ag

CuNi

Gold-clad double layer (64) Gold-clad triple layer (61)

AV3,AVM3/AVT3,AVL3

82

PRODUCT TYPES1.FS switches (In-line terminal type)Standard type

Remark: When ordering, please refer to “Remarks” of ordering information.

ActuatorOperating

force, Max.

Part No.

Self-standing solder terminalSelf-standing PC terminal

.110 Quick-connect terminalWithout guard With guard With opposite

side guard

Silver alloy contact type

Pin plunger0.49 N AV3202 AV3102 AV3302 AV3402 AV3802

0.98 N AV3204 AV3104 AV3304 AV3404 AV3804

Short hinge lever0.20 N AV3212 AV3112 AV3312 AV3412 AV3812

0.39 N AV3214 AV3114 AV3314 AV3414 AV3814

Hinge lever0.16 N AV3222 AV3122 AV3322 AV3422 AV3822

0.34 N AV3224 AV3124 AV3324 AV3424 AV3824

Long hinge lever0.12 N AV3232 AV3132 AV3332 AV3432 AV3832

0.25 N AV3234 AV3134 AV3334 AV3434 AV3834

Simulated roller lever0.16 N AV3242 AV3142 AV3342 AV3442 AV3842

0.34 N AV3244 AV3144 AV3344 AV3444 AV3844

Roller lever0.20 N AV3252 AV3152 AV3352 AV3452 AV3852

0.39 N AV3254 AV3154 AV3354 AV3454 AV3854

Gold-clad triple layer contact type

Pin plunger

0.25 N AV320061 AV310061 AV330061 AV340061 AV380061

0.49 N AV320261 AV310261 AV330261 AV340261 AV380261

0.98 N AV320461 AV310461 AV330461 AV340461 AV380461

Short hinge lever

0.098 N AV321061 AV311061 AV331061 AV341061 AV381061

0.20 N AV321261 AV311261 AV331261 AV341261 AV381261

0.39 N AV321461 AV311461 AV331461 AV341461 AV381461

Hinge lever

0.078 N AV322061 AV312061 AV332061 AV342061 AV382061

0.16 N AV322261 AV312261 AV332261 AV342261 AV382261

0.34 N AV322461 AV312461 AV332461 AV342461 AV382461


0.25 N AV323461 AV313461 AV333461 AV343461 AV383461


0.34 N AV324461 AV314461 AV334461 AV344461 AV384461


0.39 N AV325461 AV315461 AV335461 AV345461 AV385461

Gold-clad double layer type exclusively for low-level circuits

Pin plunger

0.25 N AV320064 AV310064 AV330064 AV340064 AV380064

0.49 N AV320264 AV310264 AV330264 AV340264 AV380264

0.98 N AV320464 AV310464 AV330464 AV340464 AV380464

Short hinge lever

0.098 N AV321064 AV311064 AV331064 AV341064 AV381064

0.20 N AV321264 AV311264 AV331264 AV341264 AV381264

0.39 N AV321464 AV311464 AV331464 AV341464 AV381464

Hinge lever

0.078 N AV322064 AV312064 AV332064 AV342064 AV382064

0.16 N AV322264 AV312264 AV332264 AV342264 AV382264

0.34 N AV322464 AV312464 AV332464 AV342464 AV382464


0.25 N AV323464 AV313464 AV333464 AV343464 AV383464


0.34 N AV324464 AV314464 AV334464 AV344464 AV384464


0.39 N AV325464 AV315464 AV335464 AV345464 AV385464

AV3,AVM3/AVT3,AVL3

83

2.FS-T switches (Cross-line terminal type)Standard type

ActuatorOperating

force, Max.

Part No.

Solder terminal without guard PC terminal .110 Quick-connect

terminal


Pin plunger0.49 N AVT3202 AVT3402 AVT3802

0.98 N AVT3204 AVT3404 AVT3804

Short hinge lever0.20 N AVT3212 AVT3412 AVT3812

0.39 N AVT3214 AVT3414 AVT3814

Hinge lever0.16 N AVT3222 AVT3422 AVT3822

0.34 N AVT3224 AVT3424 AVT3824

Long hinge lever0.12 N AVT3232 AVT3432 AVT3832

0.25 N AVT3234 AVT3434 AVT3834

Simulated roller lever0.16 N AVT3242 AVT3442 AVT3842

0.34 N AVT3244 AVT3444 AVT3844

Roller lever0.20 N AVT3252 AVT3452 AVT3852

0.39 N AVT3254 AVT3454 AVT3854


Pin plunger

0.25 N AVT320061 AVT340061 AVT380061

0.49 N AVT320261 AVT340261 AVT380261

0.98 N AVT320461 AVT340461 AVT380461

Short hinge lever

0.098 N AVT321061 AVT341061 AVT381061

0.20 N AVT321261 AVT341261 AVT381261

0.39 N AVT321461 AVT341461 AVT381461

Hinge lever

0.078 N AVT322061 AVT342061 AVT382061

0.16 N AVT322261 AVT342261 AVT382261

0.34 N AVT322461 AVT342461 AVT382461


0.25 N AVT323461 AVT343461 AVT383461


0.34 N AVT324461 AVT344461 AVT384461


0.39 N AVT325461 AVT345461 AVT385461


Pin plunger

0.25 N AVT320064 AVT340064 AVT380064

0.49 N AVT320264 AVT340264 AVT380264

0.98 N AVT320464 AVT340464 AVT380464

Short hinge lever

0.098 N AVT321064 AVT341064 AVT381064

0.20 N AVT321264 AVT341264 AVT381264

0.39 N AVT321464 AVT341464 AVT381464

Hinge lever

0.078 N AVT322064 AVT342064 AVT382064

0.16 N AVT322264 AVT342264 AVT382264

0.34 N AVT322464 AVT342464 AVT382464


0.25 N AVT323464 AVT343464 AVT383464


0.34 N AVT324464 AVT344464 AVT384464


0.39 N AVT325464 AVT345464 AVT385464

AV3,AVM3/AVT3,AVL3

84

3.FS switches (In-line terminal type)Long life version


4.FS-T switches (Cross-line terminal type)Long life version


ActuatorOperating

force, Max.

Part No.

Self-standing solder terminalSelf-standing PC terminal

.110 Quick-connect terminalWithout guard With guard With opposite

side guard


Pin plunger 1.47 N AVM3205 AVM3105 AVM3305 AVM3405 AVM3805

Short hinge lever 0.59 N AVM3215 AVM3115 AVM3315 AVM3415 AVM3815

Hinge lever 0.54 N AVM3225 AVM3125 AVM3325 AVM3425 AVM3825

Long hinge lever 0.44 N AVM3235 AVM3135 AVM3335 AVM3435 AVM3835

Simulated roller lever 0.54 N AVM3245 AVM3145 AVM3345 AVM3445 AVM3845

Roller lever 0.59 N AVM3255 AVM3155 AVM3355 AVM3455 AVM3855















ActuatorOperating

force, Max.

Part No.

Solder terminal Without guard PC terminal .110 Quick-connect

terminal


Pin plunger 1.47 N AVL3205 AVL3405 AVL3805

Short hinge lever 0.59 N AVL3215 AVL3415 AVL3815

Hinge lever 0.54 N AVL3225 AVL3425 AVL3825

Long hinge lever 0.44 N AVL3235 AVL3435 AVL3835

Simulated roller lever 0.54 N AVL3245 AVL3445 AVL3845

Roller lever 0.59 N AVL3255 AVL3455 AVL3855















AV3,AVM3/AVT3,AVL3

85

SPECIFICATIONS1.Contact rating

Remark: Time constant shall be less than 7 msec. for DC inductive loads.

2.Characteristics

3.Operating characteristics1) Pin plunger

2) Short hinge lever

Voltage

Standard version Long life version

Silver alloy contact typeGold-clad contact type

Silver alloy contact typeGold-clad contact type

Triple layer Double layer Triple layer Double layer

Resistive load (cosφ]1)

Inductive load (cosφ]0.6-0.7)




Inductive load (cosφ]0.6-0.7)



125V AC 3A 2A 0.1A — 5A 3A 0.1A —

250V AC 3A 2A 0.1A — 5A 3A 0.1A —

30V DC 3A 2A 0.1A 0.1A 5A 3A 0.1A 0.1A

125V DC 0.4A 0.05A — — 0.4A 0.05A — —

Standard version Long life version

Silver alloy contact type Gold-clad contact type Silver alloy contact type Gold-clad contact type

Electrical life at rated load (O.T.max.) 5 × 104 at 20 cpm 2 × 105 at 20 cpm 5 × 104 at 20 cpm 2 × 105 at 20 cpm

Mechanical life 5 × 105 at 60 cpm (O.T.max.) 3 × 107 (O.T.: Specified value) 107 (O.T.max.) at 60 cpm

Insulation resistance Min.100MΩ at 500V DC


1,000 Vrms

1,500 Vrms1,500 Vrms

Vibration resistance (Pin plunger type) 10 to 55 Hz at single amplitude of 1.5mm (Contact opening: max.1 msec.)

Shock resistance (Pin plunger type) (Contact opening: less than 1 msec.)

294 m/s2 min. (O.F. 0.98 N)147 m/s2 min. (O.F. 0.49 N)

294 m/s2 min. (O.F. 0.98 N)147 m/s2 min. (O.F. 0.49 N)49 m/s2 min. (O.F. 0.25 N)

294 m/s2 min.

Contact resistance (Initial)50 mΩ max.

(by voltage drop 1 A 6 to 8V DC)

100 mΩ max. (by voltage drop 0.1 A

6 to 8V DC)

Au: 50 mΩ max. (by voltage drop 0.1 A 6 to 8V DC)Ag: 50 mΩ max. (by voltage drop 1 A 6 to 8V DC)

Allowable operating speed 0.1 to 1,000 mm/sec.

Max.operating cycle rate 300 cpm

Ambient temeprature –25°C to +85°C –13°F to +185°F (no freezing below 0°C)

Unit weight Approx.2g .07oz

4th digit number of Part No.

O.F.max. R.F.min. P.T.max. M.D.max. O.T.max. O.P.

0 0.25N 0.020N

0.6mm .024inch

0.1mm .004inch

0.4mm .016inch

Distance from mounting holes: 8.4±0.3mm .331±.012inchDistance from stand-off:FS 11.8±0.4mm .465±.016inchFS-T 11.7±0.4mm .461±.016inch

2 0.49N 0.074N

4 0.98N 0.15N

5 1.47N 0.20N



0 0.098N 0.004N

2.5mm .098inch

0.5mm .020inch

0.8mm .031inch


2 0.20N 0.017N

4 0.39N 0.034N

5 0.59N 0.039N

AV3,AVM3/AVT3,AVL3

86

3) Hinge lever

4) Long hinge lever


6) Roller lever




0 0.078N 0.003N

2.8mm .110inch

0.8mm .031inch

1.2mm .047inch


2 0.16N 0.015N

4 0.34N 0.029N

5 0.54N 0.034N



0 — —

3.5mm .138inch

1.0mm .039inch

1.6mm .063inch


2 0.12N 0.012N

4 0.25N 0.025N

5 0.44N 0.029N



0 — —

2.8mm .110inch

0.8mm .031inch

1.2mm .047inch


2 0.16N 0.015N

4 0.34N 0.029N

5 0.54N 0.034N



0 — —

2.5mm .098inch

0.5mm .020inch

0.8mm .031inch


2 0.20N 0.017N

4 0.39N 0.034N

5 0.59N 0.039N

1.FS switches (In-line terminal type)1-(1) Self-standing solder terminalPin plunger

0.6 max..024

2.4.094

9.5

NCNO

C

7.6

1.8.071

.073

1.5

1.1

6.4

5.2.205

1.25

0.5.020

4.0.157

11.88.4 (O.P.)

(P.T.)

7.4.291

6.7.264

7.7.303 -0.05

+0.12.4-.002+.004.094

0.9.035

2.2.087

.08719.8

15.4

8.7

2.5

±0.3

.299 ±.012

±0.1

.098 ±.004

±0.1

.374 ±.004

±0.15

.343 ±.006

±0.15 .606 ±.006

±0.3

.780 ±.012

±.0042.2 ±0.1

±0.15

(O.P.)

±0.4

.465 ±.016

±0.3

.331±.012

3.4±.006.134

±0.12

.059 ±.005

±0.12

.043 ±.005

±.0081.85 ±0.2

±0.2

.252 ±.008

±0.1

.049±.004

.094 dia.+.004-.002

2.4 dia.+0.1-0.05

PC board pattern


Operating position


8.4±0.3 .331±.012

Distance from standoff, mm inch

11.8±0.4 .465±.016

3-.047±.002 dia.3-1.2±0.05 dia.

8.7±0.1

.343±.004

15.4±0.1

.606±.004

AV3,AVM3/AVT3,AVL3

87

Short hinge lever mm inch General tolerance ±0.25 ±.010

12.85 5.0

NCNO

C

±0.4

.506 .197 ±.016 2.5 max..098

6.6.260

4.0.157

12.2(O.P.)

(P.T.)

±0.9

.480 ±.035

8.8(O.P.)

±0.8

.346 ±.031


Operating position


8.8±0.8 .346±.031


12.2±0.9 .480±.035

Hinge lever

.281

NCNO

C

±.0167.15 ±0.4

2.8 max..110

4.0.157

12.2(O.P.)

(P.T.)

±0.9

.480 ±.035

8.8(O.P.)

±0.8

.346 ±.031


Operating position


8.8±0.8 .346±.031


12.2±0.9 .480±.035

Long hinge lever

.516

NCNO

C

±.01613.1 ±0.4 3.5 max.

.138 4.0.157

12.2(O.P.)

(P.T.)

±0.9

.480 ±.035

8.8(O.P.)

±0.8

.346 ±.031


Operating position


8.8±1.2 .346±.047


12.2±1.3 .480±.051


.248R2.5.098

NCNO

C

±.0166.3 ±0.4

2.8 max..110

4.0.157

(P.T.)

15.05(O.P.)

±0.9

.593 ±.035

11.65(O.P.)

±0.8

.459 ±.031


Operating position


11.65±0.8 .459±.031


15.05±0.9 .593±.035

Roller lever

3.2.126

5.0 dia..197

.203

NCNO

C

±.0165.15 ±0.4 2.5 max.

.098

17.9(O.P.)

(P.T.)

±0.9

.705 ±.035

14.5(O.P.)

±0.8

.571 ±.031


Operating position


14.5±0.8 .571±.031


17.9±0.9 .705±.035

AV3,AVM3/AVT3,AVL3

88

1-(2) Self-standing solder terminal (without guard)

1.250.5 .020

7.4.291

2.8

NCNO

C

±.006.134±0.153.4

±0.2

.110±.008 ±0.1

.049 ±.004

.073

1.5

1.1

6.4

5.2.205

4.0.157

19.8

15.4

8.7 ±0.15

.343 ±.006

±0.15

.606 ±.006

±0.3

.780 ±.012

±0.12

.059 ±.005

±0.12

.043 ±.005

±.0081.85 ±0.2

±0.2

.252 ±.008

Dimensions other than drawn above is same as self-standing PC board terminal.

mm inch General tolerance ±0.25 ±.010

1-(3) Self-standing solder terminal (with guard)

8.0.315

24.0.945

NCNO

C

Dimensions other than drawn above is same as guardless type.

1-(4) Self-standing solder terminal (with opposite side guard)

8.0.315

24.0.945

Dimensions other than drawn above is same as guardless type.

1-(5) .110 Quick-connect terminal

6-C.024

3-1.2 dia. 2.8

-0.1504.0-.0060.157

15.2

.280

5.5

NCNO

C

±0.1

.217 ±.004

±.0067.1 ±0.15

±0.15

±0.15

.598 ±.006

±0.05

3-.047 dia.±.002

±0.1

.110 ±.004

±.0046-C0.6±0.1

7.6±.006.299

0.5.020

±.006.134±0.153.4

6.4

5.2.205

4.0.157

±0.2

.252 ±.008

9.5

19.8

2.5 ±0.1

.098 ±.004

±0.1

.374 ±.004

±0.3

.780 ±.012

11.0.433

Dimensions other than drawn above is same as self-standing PC board terminal.

2.FS-T switches (Cross-line terminal type)2-(1) PC board terminalPin plunger

6.4

3.2.126 7.0

.276

1.20.5.020

16.1.634

8.8.346

19.8

NONCC

±0.3

.780 ±.012

±0.2

.252 ±.008

±0.1

.047 ±.004

0.6 max..024

2.4.094

9.5

7.6 4.0.157

8.4

(P.T.)

6.7.264

7.7.303

3.3.130

-0.05+0.12.4

-.002+.004.094

2.5

±0.3

.299 ±.012

±0.1

.098 ±.004

±0.1

.374 ±.004

(O.P.)±0.3

.331±.012

.094 dia.+.004-.002

2.4 dia.+0.1-0.05

PC board pattern

10.9.429

(Button position)8.8±0.1

.346±.004

16.1±0.1

.634±.004

3-1.35 to 1.50 dia.3-.053 to .059 dia.


Operating position


8.4±0.3 .331±.012


11.7±0.4 .461±.016

AV3,AVM3/AVT3,AVL3

89

Short hinge lever mm inch General tolerance ±0.25 ±.010

NONCC

12.85 5.0 ±0.4

.506 .197 ±.016 2.5 max..098

4.0.157

(P.T.)

8.8(O.P.)

±0.8

.346 ±.031


Operating position


8.8±0.8 .346±.031


12.1±0.9 .476±.035

Hinge lever

NONCC

.281 ±.0167.15 ±0.4

2.8 max..110

4.0.157

(P.T.)

8.8(O.P.)

±0.8

.346 ±.031

12.85.506


Operating position


8.8±0.8 .346±.031


12.1±0.9 .476±.035

Long hinge lever

NONCC

.516 ±.01613.1 ±0.4 3.5 max.

.138 4.0.157

(P.T.)

8.8(O.P.)

±1.2

.346 ±.047


Operating position


8.8±1.2 .346±.047


12.1±1.3 .476±.051


NONCC

.248R2.5.098

±.0166.3 ±0.4 2.8 max.

.110

4.0.157

(P.T.)

11.65(O.P.)

±0.8

.459 ±.031

12.85.506


Operating position


11.65±0.8 .459±.031


14.95±0.9 .589±.035

Roller lever

NONCC

3.2.126

5.0 dia..197

.203 ±.0165.15 ±0.4

2.5 max..098

(P.T.)

14.5(O.P.)

±0.8

.571 ±.031 Pretravel, Max. mm inch 2.5 .098Movement differential, Max. mm inch 0.5 .020Overtravel, Min. mm inch 0.8 .031

Operating position


14.5±0.8 .571±.031


17.8±0.9 .701±.035

AV3,AVM3/AVT3,AVL3

90

2-(2) Self-standing solder terminal mm inch General tolerance ±0.25 ±.010

16.1.634

8.8.346

NONCC

6.4.252

1.8 dia..071 dia.

6-C .0

12

6-C 0

.3

(.154)(3.9)

2.8±0.2

.110±.008

6.4

4.0.157

1.5.059

±0.2

.252 ±.008

0.6 max..024

2.4.094

9.5

7.6

0.5.020

8.4

(P.T.)

6.7.264

7.7.303

3.3.130

-0.05+0.12.4

-.002+.004.094

2.5

±0.3

.299 ±.012

±0.1

.098 ±.004

±0.1

.374 ±.004

(O.P.)±0.3

.331±.012

.094 dia.+.004-.002

2.4 dia.+0.1-0.05

19.8 ±0.3

.780 ±.012

As for the dimensions of lever types, dimensions other than terminals are same as self-standing solder terminal.

2-(3) .110 Quick-connect terminal

5.5 7.111.0.433

16.1.634

8.8.346

NONCC

±0.1

.217 ±.004±0.15

.280 ±.006

0.6 max..024

2.4.094

9.5

7.6

6.4

2.80.5.020

4.0.157

8.4

(P.T.)

6.7.264

7.7.303

3.3.130

-0.05+0.12.4

-.002+.004.094

2.5

±0.3

.299 ±.012

±0.1

.098 ±.004

±0.1

.374 ±.004

(O.P.)±0.3

.331±.012

±0.2

.252 ±.008

±0.1

.110±.004

.094 dia.+.004-.002

2.4 dia.+0.1-0.05

1.2 dia.±0.05

.047 dia.±.002

19.8 ±0.3

.780 ±.012

As for the dimensions of lever types, dimensions other than terminals are same as self-standing solder terminal.

AV3,AVM3/AVT3,AVL3

91

NOTES1.Regarding fastening of switch bodyIn fastening the switch body, use flat filister head M2.3 screws, with tightening torque of not more than 0.29N·m.To prevent loosening of the screws, it is recommended that spring washers be used with the screws and adhesive be applied to lock the screws.After mounting the switch and making wiring connectors, the insulation distance between ground and each terminal should be confirmed as sufficient. The positioning of the switch should be such that the pushbutton or actuator for the switch should not directly apply force to the operating section in the free condition.For a pushbutton, the force from the pushbutton should be applied in a perpendicular direction.In setting the movement after operation, the over-travel should be set not less than 70% as a standard.Setting the movement at less than 70% of O.T.may cause troubles such as mis-contact and welding due to small contact force of the switch.

2.Soldering operationFor manual soldering: 60W soldering iron, soldering completed within 3 seconds; do not apply force to the terminals.For automatic soldering tank: 250°C +482°F immersion, completed within 6 seconds, 350°C +662°F immersion, completed within 3 seconds.Terminal portions must not be moved in min.1 minutes after soldering.Also no tensile strength of lead wires should be applied to terminals.3.Regarding connector connections (.110 quick connect terminals) For making connections, a dedicated receptacle for .110 quick connect terminals should be used, and the terminals should be inserted parallel to the receptacle.Consideration should be given to mounting so that no tensile load is applied to the lead wires. 4.In making the switch selection Consideration should be given to provide for no interference up to +20% variation of the standard characteristics values.5.Environment Locations where corrosive gases having a bad influence on contacts are present, and locations where there is an excessive amount of siliceous or other abrasive dust should be avoided.

6.Cautions regarding useThis subminiatures switch has been designed as a dedicated switch for AC use, but it can be used for low capacity DC circuits.Please select gold-clad contact types when loads are in the low-level area of 1mA up to 100mA and 5V up to 30V.

For switching of inductive loads (relays, solenoids, buzzers, etc.), in order to prevent damage to contacts due to the occurrence of arcing, an arc absorbing circuit should be applied7.Quality check under Actual Loading ConditionTo assure reliability, check the switch under actual loading conditions.Avoid any situation that may adversely affect switching performance.8.When using lever type switch, care should be taken not to apply undue force on the body from the opposite side or side ways to its operating direction.

N.C.side

N.O.side

Contactforce

Stroke

0

O.T. max.

Usablearea

P.T.

O.T. spedifiedvalue

70% of O.T.specified value

Ag

Au (-61)Triple layer contact type

Au (-64)Double layer contac type

3 A

100 mA

1 mA

0DCAC

55

15 30V30 250V

AV3G

92


PRODUCT TYPES

Remark: Unless you request otherwise, the switch comes with a stamp indicating its conformance to standards.

SPECIFICATIONS1. Contact rating• Silver alloy contact type

SUBMINIATURE SWITCHES (Contact gap: more than

1mm .039inch type)

FS (AV3G) SWITCHES

Actuator Operating forceMax.

Solder terminalPC board terminal .110 Quick- connect terminal

Without guard

Pin plunger 1.47 N AV3205G3 AV3405G3 AV3805G3

Short hinge lever 0.59 N AV3215G3 AV3415G3 AV3815G3

Hinge lever 0.54 N AV3225G3 AV3425G3 AV3825G3

Long hinge lever 0.44 N AV3235G3 AV3435G3 AV3835G3

Simulated roller lever 0.54 N AV3245G3 AV3445G3 AV3845G3

Roller lever 0.59 N AV3255G3 AV3455G3 AV3855G3

Voltage Resistive road (cos φ]1)

30 V DC 3 A

VDE

FEATURES• Conforming to IEC950• Contact gap of greater than 1mm .039inch• UL/CSA/VDE/SEMKO under application

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS• Office equiment (printers, copiers)

Type of switch

FS switch

Terminals Actuators

2:

4:

8:

Self-standing solderterminal without guardSelf-standing PC terminal.110 Quick-connectterminal

0:1:2:3:4:5:

Pin plungerShort hinge leverHinge leverLong hinge leverSimulated roller leverRoller lever

Version

3: Standard

Operating forceby pin plunger, max.

5: 1.47 N

Contact gap

G: More than 1 mm type

Ex. AV 3 2 5 5 G

AV3G

93

2. Characteristics

Remark: Test conditions are in accordance with JIS C 4505.


DIMENSIONSThe same size as the standard FS/FS-T switches. Please refer to “FS/FS-T switches pages” or our web site. URL: http://www.nais-e.com/

Item Characteristics

Expected lifeMechanical (O.T.: Specified value) Min. 5 × 105 (at 60cpm)

Electrical (O.T. max.) Min. 104 (at 20cpm)

Breakdown voltage

Between non-continuous terminals 1,000 Vrms for 1 min. (at 10mA)

Between each terminal and other exposed metal parts 2,000 Vrms for 1 min. (at 10mA)

Between each terminal and ground 2,000 Vrms for 1 min. (at 10mA)

Insulation resistance Min. 100MΩ (at 500 V DC)

Contact resistance (Initial) Max. 50mΩ (by voltage drop 6 to 8 V DC 1A)

Vibration resistance 10 to 55 Hz at single amplitude of 0.75 mm (Contact opening: Max. 1 msec.)

Shock resistancePin plunger type 294m/s2 (Contact distance: Max. 1 msec.)

Lever type 147m/s2 (Contact distance: Max. 1 msec.)

Allowable operation speed (No load) 0.1 to 1,000 mm/s

Max. switching frequency (No load) 300 cpm.

Ambient temperature –25°C to +85°C –13°F to +185°F(Not freezing below 0°C 32°F)

Actuator Operating force, Max.

Release force, Min.



Max. mm inch



Pin plunger 1.47 N 0.064 N 0.7.028

0.2.008

0.3.012

8.4±0.3.331±.012

Short hinge lever 0.59 N 0.015 N 2.5.098

0.8.031

0.6.024

8.8±0.8.346±.031

Hinge lever 0.54 N 0.013 N 2.8.110

1.0.039

0.8.031

8.8±0.8.346±.031

Long hinge lever 0.44 N 0.0098 N 3.5.138

1.2.047

1.2.047

8.8±1.2.346±.047

Simulated roller lever 0.54 N 0.013 N 2.8.110

1.0.039

0.8.031

11.65±0.8.459±.031

Roller lever 0.59 N 0.015 N 2.5.098

0.8.031

0.6.024

14.5±0.8.571±.031

AVM3P

94


HIGH CAPACITY, LONG LIFE SUBMINIATURE

SWITCH

PS (AVM3P) SWITCHES

FEATURES• 10.1 Amp. high contact capacity is

available• Long life• Precise operating position

(±0.25mm: Pin plunger type)• Flux-resistant construction with

integrally molded terminals• In-line terminals make soldering

works easy• UL/CSA/SEMKO approved

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS• Heaters• Electric carpets• Electric rice cookers• Copiers• Printers• Facsimiles• Vending machines• Measuring equipment• Audio equipment

Type of switch

PS switch

Actuators

0:1:2:3:4:5:

Pin plungerShort hinge leverHinge leverLong hinge leverSimulated roller leverRoller lever

Terminals

1:

2:

3:

4:

Self-standing solder terminal with guardSelf-standing solder terminal without guardSelf-standing solder terminal with opposite side guardSelf-standing PC terminal

Operating forceby pin plunger, max.

5: 1.47 N

Capacity

P: High capacity(10.1 A)

Ex. AVM3 1 0 5 P

Remarks: When ordering UL/CSA/SEMKO approved types, add suffix 3 to the part No., for example, AVM3205P3.

CONSTRUCTION CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST

DATAElectrical life curve

COM NO NC

30

10

20

3

5

10 5 10

Load current (A)

No.

of o

pera

tions

, ×10

4

AVM3P

95

PRODUCT TYPES

Remarks: When ordering UL/CSA/SEMKO approved types, add suffix 3 to the part No., for example, AVM3205P3.


2. Characteristics



Contact Actuator

Part No.

Self-standing solder terminalSelf-standing PC terminalWithout guard With guard With opposite

side guard

Gold-clad

Pin plunger AVM3205P AVM3105P AVM3305P AVM3405P

Short hinge lever AVM3215P AVM3115P AVM3315P AVM3415P

Hinge lever AVM3225P AVM3125P AVM3325P AVM3425P

Long hinge lever AVM3235P AVM3135P AVM3335P AVM3435P

Simulated roller lever AVM3245P AVM3145P AVM3345P AVM3445P

Roller lever AVM3255P AVM3155P AVM3355P AVM3455P

Resistive load (cos φ ] 1) 10.1A, 250V AC

Expected lifeElectrical Min. 5 × 104 (at 20 cpm) (O.T. max.)

Mechanical Min. 3 × 107 (O.T.: Specified value), at 60 cpm

Dielectric strength

Between terminals 1,000 Vrms for 1 min. (at 10 mA)

Between terminals and other exposed metal parts 2,000 Vrms for 1 min. (at 10 mA)

Between terminals and ground 2,000 Vrms for 1 min. (at 10 mA)

Insulation resistance Min. 100MΩ (at 500V DC)

Contact resistance (initial) Max. 50mΩ (By voltage drop, 1A 6 to 8V DC)

Allowable operating speed (at no load) 0.1 to 1,000 mm/sec.



Unit weight Approx. 2g .07oz

Actuator Operating force,Max.

Release force,Min.


Movement differential, Max. mm inch


Operating position mm inch

Pin plunger 1.47 N 0.20 N 0.6 mm.024 inch

0.1 mm.004 inch

0.4 mm.016 inch

8.4±0.25 mm.331±.010 inch

Short hinge lever 0.59 N 0.039 N 2.5 mm.098 inch

0.5 mm.020 inch

0.8 mm.031 inch

8.8±0.8 mm.346±.031 inch

Hinge lever 0.54 N 0.034 N 2.8 mm.110 inch

0.8 mm.031 inch

1.2 mm.047 inch

8.8±0.8 mm.346±.031 inch

Long hinge lever 0.44 N 0.029 N 3.5 mm.138 inch

1.0 mm.039 inch

1.6 mm.063 inch

8.8±1.2 mm.346±.047 inch

Simulated roller lever 0.54 N 0.034 N 2.8 mm.110 inch

0.8 mm.031 inch

1.2 mm.047 inch

11.65±0.8 mm.459±.031 inch

Roller lever 0.59 N 0.039 N 2.5 mm.098 inch

0.5 mm.020 inch

0.8 mm.031 inch

14.5±0.8 mm.571±.031 inch

1. Self-standing PC terminal (Without guard)Pin plunger

2.2.087

NONCC

0.5.020

0.6 max..024

8.7

15.4

0.9.035

7.4.291

0.75.030

9.5

.2991.8.071

.073

.059

.043

6.4

5.2.205

1.25

0.5.020

4.0.157

(P.T.)

7.7.303 -.002

+.004.094-0.05+0.12.4

2.4.094

19.8

2.5

±.0127.6 ±0.3

±0.1

.374 ±.004

±0.15

.343 ±.006

±0.15

.606 ±.006

±0.3

.780 ±.012

±0.1

.098 ±.004

2.2 ±0.1

.087 ±.004

±0.153.4±.006.134

±0.1

.049 ±.004

±0.2

.252±.008

±.0051.1 ±0.12

±.0051.5 ±0.12

±.0081.85 ±0.2

6.7.264

8.4 ±0.25

±.010

(O.P.)

.331 11.8(O.P.)

±0.35

.465 ±.014

2.4 dia.+0.1-0.05

.094 dia.+.004-.002

PC board pattern

8.7 ±0.15

.343 ±.006

15.4 ±0.1

.606 ±.004

Pin plunger position(10.55 .415)

3-.047 dia.±.0023-1.2 dia.±0.05



Operating position


8.4±0.25 .331±.010

AVM3P

96

Short hinge lever

.19712.85.506

NONCC

±.0165.0 ±0.4

2.5 max..098

.073

.059

.043

6.4

5.2.205

1.25

0.5.020

4.0.157

(P.T.)

±0.1

.049 ±.004

±0.2

.252±.008

±.0051.1 ±0.12

±.0051.5 ±0.12

±.0081.85 ±0.2

2.2.087

0.5.020

8.7

15.4

0.9.035

7.4.291

0.75.030

9.5

7.7.303 -.002

+.004.094-0.05+0.12.4

2.4.094

19.8

2.5

±0.1

.374 ±.004

±0.15

.343 ±.006

±0.15

.606 ±.006

±0.3

.780 ±.012

±0.1

.098 ±.004

2.2 ±0.1

.087 ±.004

±0.153.4±.006.134

6.7.264

8.8 ±0.8

±.031

(O.P.)

.346 12.2(O.P.)

±0.9

.480 ±.035

2.4 dia.+0.1-0.05

.094 dia.+.004-.002 Pretravel, Max. mm inch 2.5 .098



Operating position


8.8±0.8 .346±.031


Hinge lever

.281

NONCC

±.0167.15 ±0.412.85

.506

2.8 max..110

.073

.059

.043

6.4

5.2.205

1.25

0.5.020

4.0.157

(P.T.)

±0.1

.049 ±.004

±0.2

.252±.008

±.0051.1 ±0.12

±.0051.5 ±0.12

±.0081.85 ±0.2

2.2.087

0.5.020

8.7

15.4

0.9.035

7.4.291

0.75.030

9.5

7.7.303 -.002

+.004.094-0.05+0.12.4

2.4.094

19.8

2.5

±0.1

.374 ±.004

±0.15

.343 ±.006

±0.15

.606 ±.006

±0.3

.780 ±.012

±0.1

.098 ±.004

2.2 ±0.1

.087 ±.004

±0.153.4±.006.134

6.7.264

8.8 ±0.8

±.031

(O.P.)

.346 12.2(O.P.)

±0.9

.480 ±.035

2.4 dia.+0.1-0.05

.094 dia.+.004-.002



Operating position


8.8±0.8 .346±.031

Long hinge lever

.516

NONCC

±.01613.1 ±0.412.85

.506

3.5 max..138

.073

.059

.043

6.4

5.2.205

1.25

0.5.020

4.0.157

(P.T.)

±0.1

.049 ±.004

±0.2

.252±.008

±.0051.1 ±0.12

±.0051.5 ±0.12

±.0081.85 ±0.2

2.2.087

0.5.020

8.7

15.4

0.9.035

7.4.291

0.75.030

9.5

7.7.303 -.002

+.004.094-0.05+0.12.4

2.4.094

19.8

2.5

±0.1

.374 ±.004

±0.15

.343 ±.006

±0.15

.606 ±.006

±0.3

.780 ±.012

±0.1

.098 ±.004

2.2 ±0.1

.087 ±.004

±0.153.4±.006.134

6.7.264

8.8 ±1.2

±.047

(O.P.)

.346 12.2(O.P.)

±1.3

.480 ±.051

2.4 dia.+0.1-0.05

.094 dia.+.004-.002



Operating position


8.8±1.2 .346±.047

AVM3P

97

Simulated roller lever mm inch General tolerance: ±0.25 ±.010

R2.5

.098.248

NONCC

±.0166.3 ±0.412.85

.506

2.8 max..110

.073

.059

.043

6.4

5.2.205

1.25

0.5.020

4.0.157

(P.T.)

±0.1

.049 ±.004

±0.2

.252±.008

±.0051.1 ±0.12

±.0051.5 ±0.12

±.0081.85 ±0.2

2.2.087

0.5.020

8.7

15.4

0.9.035

7.4.291

0.75.030

9.5

7.7.303 -.002

+.004.094-0.05+0.12.4

2.4.094

19.8

2.5

±0.1

.374 ±.004

±0.15

.343 ±.006

±0.15

.606 ±.006

±0.3

.780 ±.012

±0.1

.098 ±.004

2.2 ±0.1

.087 ±.004

±0.153.4±.006.134

6.7.264

2.4 dia.+0.1-0.05

.094 dia.+.004-.002

11.65 ±0.8

±.031

(O.P.)

.459 15.05(O.P.)

±0.9

.593 ±.035



Operating position


11.65±0.8 .459±.031

Roller lever

3.2.126

5.0 dia..197

NONCC

2.5 max..098

.073

.059

.043

6.4

5.2.205

1.25

0.5.020

(P.T.)

±0.1

.049 ±.004

±0.2

.252±.008

±.0051.1 ±0.12

±.0051.5 ±0.12

±.0081.85 ±0.2

2.2.087

0.5.020

8.7

15.4

0.9.035

7.4.291

0.75.030

9.5

7.7.303 -.002

+.004.094-0.05+0.12.4

2.4.094

19.8

2.5

±0.1

.374 ±.004

±0.15

.343 ±.006

±0.15

.606 ±.006

±0.3

.780 ±.012

±0.1

.098 ±.004

2.2 ±0.1

.087 ±.004

±0.153.4±.006.134

6.7.264

2.4 dia.+0.1-0.05

.094 dia.+.004-.002

14.5 ±0.8

±.031

(O.P.)

.571 17.9(O.P.)

±0.9

.705 ±.035

.203 ±.0165.15 ±0.4

12.85.506



Operating position


14.5±0.8 .571±.031

2. Self-standing solder terminalPin plunger

0.6 max..024

8.7

15.4

R0.8.031

2.4.094

2.8

7.4.291

9.5

.2991.8 .071

.073

.059

.043

6.4

5.2.205

1.25

0.5.020

4.0.157

(P.T.)

7.7.303 -.002

+.004.094-0.05+0.12.4

2.4.094

19.8

2.5

NONCC

±.0127.6 ±0.3

±0.1

.374 ±.004

±0.15

.343 ±.006

±0.15

.606 ±.006

±0.3

.780 ±.012

±0.2

.110 ±.008

2.2 .087

±0.1

.098 ±.004

±0.153.4±.006.134

R0.6

.024

±0.1

.049 ±.004

±0.2

.252±.008

±.0051.1 ±0.12

±.0051.5 ±0.12

±.0081.85 ±0.2

6.7.264

8.4 ±0.25

±.010

(O.P.)

.331 11.8(O.P.)

±0.35

.465 ±.014

2.4 dia.+0.1-0.05

.094 dia.+.004-.002

With guard

8.315

* 24.945

With opposite side guard

24.945

8.315

*

* The height from the center of mounting hole to the edge of guard.

AVM3P

98

NOTES1. Fastening of the switch body1) Use flat filister head M2.3 screws to mount switches with less than a 0.29 N·m torque. Use of screws washers or adhesive lock is recommended to prevent loosening of the screws.2) Check insulation distance between ground and each terminal.3) When the operation object is in the free position, force should not be applied directly to the actuator or pin plunger from vertical direction to the switch.4) In setting the movement after operation, the over-travel should be set more than 70% as a standard. Setting the movement at less than 70% of O.T. may cause troubles such as miscontact and welding due to small contact force of the switch.5) For a lever type, the force from the reverse and side to the operation direction should not be applied.

2. Soldering operationsFor manual soldering:Soldering should be accomplished in less than 3 seconds, with a 60 watt iron. Care should be taken not to apply force to the terminal during soldering.For automatic soldering:Soldering should be done less than 6 seconds in 260°C 500°F soldering bath or less than 3 seconds in 350°C 662°F soldering bath.Terminal portions should not be moved within 1 minute after soldering.Also no tensile strength of lead wires should be applied to the terminals.3. Selection of the switchWhen specifying the switch, allow ±20% to the listed operating characteristics.4. EnvironmentAvoid using the switches in the following conditions;• In corrosive gases, such as silicon gas• In a dusty environment

5. Cautions regarding useWhen switching low-level circuits (6V DC 5mA, 12V DC 2mA, 24V DC 1mA), FS/FS-T Au clad contact type switches are recommended. When used to switch inductive loads (relays, solenoids, buzzers, etc.), it is recommended that a proper spark quench circuit is inserted in the switch to prevent contact faults caused by electric arcs. Care should be taken that occurrence in AC load possibly shorten the expected life.6. Quality check under actual loading conditionsTo assure reliability, check the switch under actual loading conditions. Avoid any situation that may adversely affect switching performance.

AV6

99


S Model Switch Connector Type

CS (AV6) SWITCHES

FEATURES• Using a connector for connections significantly improves operation effectiveness.Applicable connector:XA connector produced by JST Mfg. Co., Ltd.- Contact: SXA-001T-P0.6- Housing: XAP-02V-1

• Contact reliability is achived by simple dust prevension guard and gold-clad double layer contacts

• The contact arrangement is available in two types, the SPST-NC and the SPST-NO.

• The lever position is available in two types.

Standard lever position

"Standard lever position" refers to a position in which the lever is installed with the plunger close to the reference.

Backward lever position

"Backward lever position" refers to a position in which the lever is installed with the plunger far away from the reference.

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS• Detection of vending machine condition whether cans are out of stock• Ball detection of pinball game machine• PPC (Plain Paper Copier)• LBP (Laser Beam Printer)

Connector

A

A

A-A cross-section(internal parts omitted)(with cap removed)

Gold-clad

Copper alloy(SPST-NC)

Gold clad doublelayer contacts

Type of switch

AV6: CS switch

Actuators

0:2:4:5:

Pin plungerHinge leverSimulated roller leverRoller lever

O.F.(by pin plunger)

2:5:

0.50 N1.50 N

Contact arrangement

2:3:

SPST-NCSPST-NO

Lever position

Nil:12:

StandardBackward

Contacts

64: Gold clad double layer

Ex. AV6 2 2 2 12 64

Remarks: 1. Standard packing Inner carton: 100 pcs. Outer carton: 1,000 pcs.2. When ordering UL, CSA and TÜV approved types, please attach suffix “3” to the part no.

AV6

100

PRODUCT TYPES1. Lever position: Standard

Remarks: 1. When ordering UL, CSA and TÜV approved (under application) types, please attach suffix "3" to the part no.

2. Lever position: Backward

Remarks: 1. When ordering UL, CSA and TÜV approved (under application) types, please attach suffix "3" to the part no.


2. Characteristics

Actuator Operating force, Max.Contact arrangement

SPST-NC SPST-NO

Pin plunger0.50N AV620264 AV630264

1.50N AV620564 AV630564

Hinge lever0.20N AV622264 AV632264

0.50N AV622564 AV632564

Simulated roller lever0.20N AV624264 AV634264

0.50N AV624564 AV634564

Roller lever0.20N AV625264 AV635264

0.50N AV625564 AV635564

Actuator Operating force, Max.Contact arrangement

SPST-NC SPST-NO

Hinge lever0.35N AV62221264 AV63221264

1.00N AV62251264 AV63251264

Simulated roller lever0.35N AV62421264 AV63421264

1.00N AV62451264 AV63451264

Roller lever0.35N AV62521264 AV63521264

1.00N AV62551264 AV63551264

Contact Voltage Resistive load (cos φ ] 1)

Gold clad double layer30[V] DC 0.1[A]

5[V] DC 1[mA] Low-level circuit rating

Expectedlife

Mechanical Min. 5 × 105 (at 60 cpm) (O.T. max.)

Electrical(Rated load) Min. 2 × 105 (at 20 cpm) (O.T. max.)

Insulation resistance Min. 100MΩ

Dielectricstrength

Between terminals 1,000 Vrms for 1 min.

Between terminalsand other exposedmetal parts

1,500 Vrms for 1 min.

Between terminalsand ground 1,500 Vrms for 1 min.

Contact resistance(initial)

100MΩ max. (by voltage drop 0.1A 6 to 8 VDC)Value includes the resistance between the connector and the lead (#AWG28, length: 50 mm 1.969inch)

Viblationresistance

10 to 55 Hz at single amplitude of 0.75mm(Contact opening: max. 1msec.)

Shockresistance

Applied shock 1.50N type: Min.300m/s2

Contact opening: Max. 1msec.0.50N type: Min.150m/s2

Contact opening: Max. 1msec.

Connectorinsertion force Max. 20N (inserted in removal direction)

Connectorholding force Min. 20N (extracted by static load, in removal direction)

Connector removaloperating times Max. 5 times (in removal direction)

Allowable operating speed (No load) 0.1 to 1,000 mm/s (at pin plunger)

Max. operating cycle rate (No load) 300 cpm

Ambient temperature –25 to +85°C –13 to +185°F(No freezing and condensing)

Unit weight Approx. 2.5g .09oz (pin plunger type)

AV6

101

3. Operating characteristics1) Lever position: Standard

2) Lever position: Backward


Type ofactuator

Operating force, Max.

Release force, Min.

Pretravel, Max.mm inch

Movement differential,Max, mm inch

Overtravel,Min. mm inch

Operatingposition, mm inch

Pin plunger0.50N 0.04N 0.6

.0240.1

.0040.4

.0168.4±0.3

.331±.0121.50N 0.25N

Hinge lever0.20N 0.02N 2.6

.1020.8

.0311.2

.04710.0±0.8

.394±.0310.50N 0.06N

Simulatedroller lever

0.20N 0.02N 2.6.102

0.8.031

1.2.047

12.2±0.8.480±.0310.50N 0.06N

Roller lever0.20N 0.02N 2.6

.1020.8

.0311.2

.04715.7±0.8

.618±.0310.50N 0.06N

Type ofactuator


Release force, Min.

Pretravel, Max.mm inch

Movement differential,Max, mm inch

Overtravel,Min. mm inch

Operatingposition, mm inch

Hinge lever0.35N 0.03N 1.4

.0550.6

.0240.7

.0289.2±0.6

.362±.0241.00N 0.10N

Simulatedroller lever

0.35N 0.03N 1.4.055

0.6.024

0.7.028

11.3±0.6.445±.0241.00N 0.10N

Roller lever0.35N 0.03N 1.4

.0550.6

.0240.7

.02814.9±0.6

.587±.0241.00N 0.10N

1. Pin plunger

Base line2.5±0.1

.098±.004

5.7.224

7.6.299

3.85.152

7.276

2.5.098

9.5±0.08

.374±.003

29.21.150

2.4.094

+0.05−0.1

+.002−.004

2.4.094

+0.05−0.1+.002−.0047.7

.303

Pin plungertype P.T

0.6 .024 max.

Pin plungertype O.P8.4±0.3

.331±.012

10.0.394




Operating position


8.4±0.3 .331±.012

2. Hinge leverLever position: Standard

12.9.508

4.0.157

7.276

2.5.098

O.P10.0±0.08

.394±.003

P.T2.6 .103 max.

2.5±0.1

.098±.004

5.7.224

9.5±0.08

.374±.003

29.21.150

2.4.094

+0.05−0.1

+.002−.004

2.4.094

+0.05−0.1+.002−.0047.7

.30310.0.394




Operating position


10.0±0.8 .394±.031

Lever position: Backward

4.0.157

2.4.094

7.276

2.5.098

O.P9.2±0.6

.362±.024

P.T1.4 .055 max.

2.5±0.1

.098±.004

5.7.224

9.5±0.08

.374±.003

29.21.150

2.4.094

+0.05−0.1

+.002−.004

2.4.094

+0.05−0.1+.002−.0047.7

.30310.0.394




Operating position


9.2±0.6 .362±.024

AV6

102

3. Simulated roller leverLever position: Standard

12.9.508

4.0.157

7.276

2.5.098

O.P12.2±0.8

.480±.031

P.T2.6 .103 max.

2.5±0.1

.098±.004

5.7.224

9.5±0.08

.374±.003

29.21.150

2.4.094

+0.05−0.1

+.002−.004

2.4.094

+0.05−0.1+.002−.0047.7

.30310.0.394




Operating position


12.2±0.8 .480±.031

mm inch General tolerance: ±0.25 ± .010


4.0.157

2.4.094

7.276

2.5.098

O.P11.3±0.6

.445±.024

P.T1.4 .055 max.

2.5±0.1

.098±.004

5.7.224

9.5±0.08

.374±.003

29.21.150

2.4.094

+0.05−0.1

+.002−.004

2.4.094

+0.05−0.1+.002−.0047.7

.30310.0.394




Operating position


11.3±0.6 .445±.024

4. Roller leverLever position: Standard

12.9.508

7.276

2.5.098

O.P15.7±0.8

.618±.031

P.T2.6 .103 max.

2.5±0.1

.098±.004

5.7.224

9.5±0.08

.374±.003

29.21.150

2.4.094

+0.05−0.1

+.002−.004

2.4.094

+0.05−0.1+.002−.0047.7

.30310.0.394




Operating position


15.7±0.8 .618±.031


2.4.094

7.276

2.5.098

O.P14.9±0.6

.587±.024

P.T1.4 .055 max.

2.5±0.1

.098±.004

5.7.224

9.5±0.08

.374±.003

29.21.150

2.4.094

+0.05−0.1

+.002−.004

2.4.094

+0.05−0.1+.002−.0047.7

.30310.0.394


Movement differential, Max. mm inch 0.6.024

Overtravel, Min. mm inch 0.7.028

Operating position


14.9±0.6 .587±.024

AV6

103

NOTES1. Fastening of the switch body1) Use flat filister head M2.3 screws to mount switches with less than a 0.29N·m torque. Use of screws washers or adhesive lock is recommended to prevent loosening of the screws.2) Check insulation distance between ground and each terminal.3) When the operation object is in the free position, force should not be applied directly to the actuator or pin plunger. Also force should be applied to the pin plunger from vertical direction to the switch.4) In setting the movement after operation, the over-travel should be set more than 70% as a standard.With the lever type, do not apply excessive force in the direction opposite to the movement, or from the horizontal direction.5) For a lever type, the force from the reverse to the operation direction should not be applied.

2. About the connector1) The connector on the CS switch is designed to fit with the XA connector produced by JST Mfg. Co., Ltd. Do not use any connector other than the specified connector, or solder the terminals directly.2) Make sure leads are arranged so that no constant force is applied to them when the connectors are mated.3) Keep the connector straight when inserting it. If it is inserted at an angle, it may snag near the entrance, or it may be inserted too forcefully.4) Problems thought to be caused by the XA connector, which is specified as conforming to the CS switch connector, are not covered by the warranty. Please contact JST Mfg., Co., Ltd. and request cooperation in resolving the problem.3. Selection of the switchWhen specifying the switch, allow ±20% to the listed operating characteristics.

4. EnvironmentAvoid using the switches in the following conditions;• In corrosive gases, such as silicon gas• In a dusty environmentWhen cleaning the switch, use a diluted form of a neutral cleaning agent. Using acidic or alkali solvents can adversely affect the performance of the switch.5. Precautions concerning circuitsThe CS switch is designed specifically for low-voltage, low-current loads. Avoid using it at loads that exceed the resistive load.6. Quality check under actual loading conditionsTo assure reliability, check the switch under actual loading conditions. Avoid any situation that may adversely affect switching performance.

AH1

104


PRODUCT TYPES

1. Self-standing PC board terminal

2. Solder terminal

ULTRA-MINIATURE SWITCHES

WITH HIGH PRECISION

FJ (AH1) SWITCHES

Actuators Operating force, Max.Standard (Silver alloy contact) Low-level circuit (Gold-clad contact)

SPDT SPST-NO SPDT

Pin plunger0.74 N AH1480 AH1480A AH148061

1.47 N AH1460 AH1460A AH146061

Hinge lever0.25 N AH1482 AH1482A AH148261

0.49 N AH1462 AH1462A AH146261

Simulated roller lever0.26 N AH1484 AH1484A AH148461

0.54 N AH1464 AH1464A AH146461


SPDT SPDT

Pin plunger0.74 N AH1680 AH168061

1.47 N AH1660 AH166061

Hinge lever0.25 N AH1682 AH168261

0.49 N AH1662 AH166261

Simulated roller lever0.26 N AH1684 AH168461

0.54 N AH1664 AH166461

Light angle terminal Left angle terminal

FEATURES• Integrally molded terminal block—prevents soldering flux from entering into housing• Compact size —minimizes size of equipment• Flat terminal shape—makes soldering works easy• Low-level circuit type available• Self-standing PC board terminal type available

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS• Mouse• Charger unit for mobile phone• Detection of key position for automobiles

Product Name

FJ

Terminal

4:

6:7:8:

2.0 mm Self-standingPC board terminal with stand off2.0 mm solder terminal with stand off2.0 mm PC board right angle terminal2.0 mm PC board left angle terminal

Remark: 2.0 mm PC board terminal straight type is available. For details, please consult us.


6:

8:

1.47 N with stand off0.74 N with stand off

Actuator

0:2:4:

Pin plungerHinge leverSimulated roller lever

Contact

Nil:61:

Silver alloyGold-clad

ContactarrangementNil:A:

SPDTSPST-NO

Ex. AH 1 4 8 0 61

The color of:Color

Body Cap PlungerType

Standard Black Black White

Low-level circuit Black Black Red

AH1

105

3. PC board terminal right angle

4. PC board terminal left angle

Remarks: 1. The appearance of right and left angle types are as below.

2. When ordering UL/CSA approved types, please attach suffix “9” to the part number.3. Standard packing: 50 pcs./tube.4. Please consult us for the delivery schedule of PC board terminal SPST-NO type.


SPECIFICATIONS1. Contact rating (resistive load)

2. Characteristics


SPDT SPDT

Pin plunger 0.74 N AH1780 AH178061

Pin plunger 1.47 N AH1760 AH176061

Hinge lever 0.25 N AH1782 AH178261

Hinge lever 0.49 N AH1762 AH176261

Simulated roller lever 0.26 N AH1784 AH178461

Simulated roller lever 0.54 N AH1764 AH176461


SPDT SPDT

Pin plunger0.74 N AH1880 AH188061

1.47 N AH1860 AH186061

Hinge lever0.25 N AH1882 AH188261

0.49 N AH1862 AH186261

Simulated roller lever0.26 N AH1884 AH188461

0.54 N AH1864 AH186461

Standard rating Minimum rating

Standard typeO.F. 75g 2.65oz 1A 125V AC, 1A 30V DC —

O.F. 150g 5.29oz 3A 125V AC, 2A 30V DC —

Low-level circuit type 0.1A 125V AC, 0.1A 30V DC 5mA 6V DC, 2mA 12V DC, 1mA 24V DC

Contact arrangement Standard type Low-level circuit type

Expected life (Min. operations) Electrical (at rated load, 20 cpm) (O.T.: Max.) 3 × 104 105

Expected life (Min. operations) Mechanical (at 60 cpm) (O.T.: Specified value)

O.F. 0.74 N: 106

O.F. 1.47 N: 5 × 105

Dielectric strength (initial) Between terminals Between terminals and other exposed parts Between terminals and ground

600 Vrms for 1 min.1,500 Vrms for 1 min.1,500 Vrms for 1 min.

Insulation resistance (Min. at 500V DC) 100 MΩ

Initial contact resistance Max. 30 mΩ (by voltage drop, 1A 6 to 8V DC)

Max. 100 mΩ (by voltage drop, 0.1A 6 to 8V DC)

Allowable operating speed (No load) 1 to 500 mm/sec.

Max. operating cycle rate (No load) 120 cpm


Shock resistance (Pin plunger type) Min. 294 m/s2 (Contact opening: Max. 1 msec.)

Vibration resistance (Pin pluger type) 10 to 55 Hz at single amplitude of 0.75mm (Contact opening: Max. 1 msec.)

Right angle Left angle

Contact

Standard type (Silver alloy)

Low level circuit type (Gold-clad)

Applicable current range Max. operating force for operation (at pin plunger)

1 mA 0.1 A 1 A 3 A 1.47 N0.74 N

AH1

106

3. Operating characteristics1) Pin plunger

2) Hinge lever


DATA

3th digit of Part No.


Release force, Min.


Movement differential, Max.

mm inch

Overtravel, Min. mm inch Operating position mm inch

1 1.47 N 0.29 N

0.5 .020 0.12 .005

0.2 .008 5.5±0.2 .217±.008(Distance from mounting hole)

6 0.47 N 0.20 N

0.25 .010

7±0.3 .276±.012(Distance from stand off)

5.5±0.2 .217±.008(Distance from mounting hole)

8 0.74 N 0.098 N

7±0.3 .276±.012(Distance from stand off)




Release force, Min.



mm inch


1 0.74 N 0.098 N

2.1 .083 0.5 .020 0.55 .022


6 0.49 N 0.049 N

8.3±1.2 .327±.047(Distance from stand off)


8 0.25 N 0.025 N





Release force, Min.



mm inch


6 0.54 N 0.039 N

2.1 .083 0.5 .020 0.5 .020



8 0.26 N 0.020 N



Gold-clad type Range of low-level current voltage

500

100

50

10

5

2

14 8 12 16 20 24

DC voltage (V)

Cur

rent

(m

A)

AH1

107

DIMENSIONS mm inch

1. Self-standing PC board terminal (Standard type)Pin plunger

(P.T.)0.5 max..0201

.039

6-C.0126-C0.3

5.4±0.3

.213±.012

5±0.15

.197±.006

1.5±0.1

.059±.004

5.08±0.15 5.08±0.15

.200±.006 .200±.006

1.1±0.12

.043±.005

1.1±0.12

.043±.005

1.25±0.12

.049±.005

6±0.15

.236±.00612.8±0.15

.504±.006

6.5±0.1

.256±.004

(O.P.)5.5±0.2

.217±.008(O.P.)7±0.3

.276±.012

2.8.110

0.9.035

4.157

1.6.063

t=0.4 .016

2.2 0 +0.12

.087 0 +.005

2 0 +0.12

.079 0

dia.dia.+.005

2 0 +0.12

.079 0 +.005

PC board pattern


Operating position


5.5±0.2 .217±.008


7±0.3 .276±.012

5.08±0.1

.200±.0045.08±0.1

.200±.0043-1.2±0.05 dia.

3-.047±.002 dia.

Hinge lever(P.T.)2.1 max..083

(O.P.)6.8±1.0

.268±.039(O.P.)8.3±1.2

.327±.047

4.4.173

1.5±0.12

.059±.005

1.1±0.12

.043±.005

1.25±0.12

.049±.005

6±0.15

.236±.006

4.157

1.6.063

t=0.4 .0166-C.0126-C0.3

5.08±0.15 5.08±0.15

.200±.006 .200±.006

12.8±0.15

.504±.006

6.5±0.1

.256±.0040.9.035

2.2 0 +0.12

.087 0 +.005

2 0 +0.12

.079 0

dia.dia.+.005

5±0.15

.197±.006

1.5±0.1

.059±.004

2 0 +0.12

.079 0 +.005

PC board pattern


Operating position


6.8±1.0 .268±.039


8.3±1.2 .327±.047

5.08±0.1

.200±.0045.08±0.1

.200±.0043-1.2±0.05 dia.

3-.047±.002 dia.

Simulated roller lever(P.T.)2.1 max..083

2.5 to 2.7 R.098 to .106 R

0.5 R.020 R

(O.P.)9.5±1.0

.374±.039

5.4±0.3

.213±.012

3.3±0.4

.130±.016

11±1.2

.433±.047

1.5±0.12

.059±.005

1.1±0.12

.043±.005

1.25±0.12

.049±.005

6±0.15

.236±.006

4.157

1.6.063

t=0.4 .0166-C.0126-C0.3

5.08±0.15 5.08±0.15

.200±.006 .200±.006

12.8±0.15

.504±.006

6.5±0.1

.256±.0040.9.035

2.2 0 +0.12

.087 0 +.005

2 0 +0.12

.079 0

dia.dia.+.005

5±0.15

.197±.006

1.5±0.1

.059±.004

2 0 +0.12

.079 0 +.005

PC board pattern


Operating position


9.5±1.0 .374±.039


11.0±1.2 .433±.047

5.08±0.1

.200±.0045.08±0.1

.200±.0043-1.2±0.05 dia.

3-.047±.002 dia.

2. Solder terminalPin plunger

5.0.197

0.5.020

t=0.4.016

2.0.079

1.2.047

2.2.087 6-C.012

6-C0.3

1.5±0.1

.059±.004

5.08±0.15

.200±.0065.08±0.15

.200±.006

12.8±0.15

.504±.006

6.5±0.1

.256±.004

2.2 0 +0.12

.087 0 +.005

2 0 +0.12

.079 0

dia.dia.+.005

2.0 0

.079 0 +.005

Remark: As for other actuator types, dimensions are the same as those of corresponding standard PC board terminal type.

AH1

108

NOTES

3. PC board terminal (Right/Left angle type)Pin plunger

2.8.110

(P.T.)0.5 max..0201

.039

Pinplunger

C.347C0.3

5.4±0.3

.213±.012

(O.P.)5.5±0.2

.217±.008

6±0.15 3.1.236±.006 .122 t=0.4

.016

(3.3)(.130)1.6

.063

Right angleLeft angle

Left angle

Right angle

5.08±0.15 5.08±0.15

.200±.006 .200±.006

12.8±0.15

.504±.006

6.5±0.1

.256±.0040.9.035

2.2 0 +0.12

.087 0 +.005

2 0 +0.12

.079 0

dia.dia.+.005

5±0.15

.197±.006

1.5±0.1

.059±.004

2 0 +0.12

.079 0 +.005

Recommended PC board pattern (top view)

10.16±0.15

.400±.006

5.08±0.1

.200±.004

2.93.115

3-.047±.002 dia.3-1.2±0.05 dia.

(Button position)

mm inch

Remark: As for other actuator types, dimensions are the same as those of corresponding standard PC board terminal type.

1. Fixing1) Use 2mm mounting screws to attach switches with Max. 0.098 N·m torque. Use of screw washers or adhesiove lock is recommended.2) When the operation object is in the free position, force should not be applied directly to the actuator or to the pin plunger. Also force should be applied to the pin plunger from vertical direction to the switch.3) In setting the movement after operation, the over-travel should be set from 70% to 100%. Setting the movement less than 70% may cause degrading the electrical mechanical performance.

2. When specifying FJ switches, allow ±20% to the listed operating and release forces.3. Soldering operation1) For manual soldering: 18 W soldering iron, soldering completed within 3 seconds; do not apply force to the terminals.2) For automatic soldering tank: 260°C +500°F immersion, completed within 5 seconds, 350°C +662°F immersion, completed within 3 seconds.4. When switching low-level circuits, FJ low-level circuit type is recommended.

AV4

109


ONE OF THE SMALLEST SNAP-ACTION SWITCH

IN THE WORLD

FU (AV4) SWITCHES

FEATURES• Superminiature type, light-weight snap action switchPC board terminal type (0.2g .007oz)

Solder terminal type with mounting holes (0.3g .011oz)

mm inch

• Mechanical life of 300,000 operations minimumStainless steel plated silver or gold is used for actuating spring• Switches can be mounted close together in any directions

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS• Compact visual equipmentCamera, portable VCR• Small-sized audio equipmentCassette tape recorder, Car stereo• Office automation equipmentLight pen for personal computer, floppy disc apparatus, printer, computer

2.5.098

4.5.177

7.5.295

2.5.098

6.6.260

7.5.295

Product Name

FU

Terminals Actuators Contacts

0: Solder terminal with mounting holes (1.65 mm dia. .065 inch dia.)4: PC board straight terminal5: PC board angle terminal6: PC board reverse angle terminal

0: Pin plunger2: Hinge lever4: Simulated roller lever

4: 0.98 N

Operating force, max.(by pin plunger)

Nil: Silver contact61: Gold contact

Ex. AV 4 4 0 4 61

CONSTRUCTIONPC board straight terminal type

CONTACT ARRANGEMENT

Pin plunger

Body

Stand off

Actuating spring

Self-standing terminalof 2.54 mm pitch

COM NO NC

AV4

110

PRODUCT TYPES


2. Characteristics

DATAGold contact typeRange of low-level current and voltage

Type of contacts Actuator Operating force, Max.

Type No.

PC board terminalSolder terminal

with mounting holesStraight terminal Angle terminal Reverse angle terminal

Silver contact type

Pin plunger 0.98 N AV4404 AV4504 AV4604 AV4004

Hinge lever 0.25 N AV4424 AV4524 AV4624 AV4024

Simulated roller lever 0.29 N AV4444 AV4544 AV4644 AV4044

Gold contact type

Pin plunger 0.98 N AV440461 AV450461 AV460461 AV400461

Hinge lever 0.25 N AV442461 AV452461 AV462461 AV402461

Simulated roller lever 0.29 N AV444461 AV454461 AV464461 AV404461

Type of contact Resistive load (cosφ]1)

Silver contact 0.5A 30V DC

Gold contact 0.1A 30V DC

Items Characteristics

Life

Mechanical Min. 3 × 105 operations (at 60 cpm)

ElectricalSilver contact Min. 2 × 104 operations (0.5A 30V DC; at 20 cpm)

Gold contact Min. 2 × 105 operations (0.1A 30V DC; at 20 cpm)

Insulation resistance Min. 100 MΩ (250V DC by insulation resistance meter)

Voltage withstand

Between non-continuous terminals 500V AC for 1 min.

Between each terminal and other exposed metal parts 500V AC for 1 min.

Between each terminal and ground 500V AC for 1 min.

Vibration resistancePin plunger type 10 to 55 Hz at single amplitude of 0.75mm (contact opening: max. 1 msec.)

Lever type 10 to 55 Hz at single amplitude of 0.15mm (contact opening: max. 1 msec.)

Shock resistancePin plunger type Min. 294m/s2 (contact opening: max. 1 msec.)

Lever type Min. 147m/s2 (contact opening: max. 1 msec.)

Contact resistance (initial value) Max. 200 mΩ (by YHP4328A)

Allowable operation speed 0.1mm/s to 500mm/s (pin plunger type)

Mechanical max. switching frequency 60 operations/min.


Unit weight PC board terminal type: Approx. 0.2g .007ozSolder terminal with mounting holes type: Approx. 0.3g .011oz

100

200

50

10

1

0.2

0.1 5 12 24 30

DC voltage (V)

Cur

rent

(m

A)

AV4

111


1. PC board terminalStraight terminalPin plunger type

0.5.020

0.8.031

0.4.016

5.2 max..205

(F.P.)

0.6.024

0.96.038

(P.T.) 0.3 max..012

4.80(O.P.)

1.0.039

1.9.075

1.2.047

4.5.177

1.7.067

0.6.024

0.55.022

0.55.022

0.11.004

0.8.031

2.5.098

±0.15

.189±.006

4.0.157

2.54.100

2.54.100

5.08.2007.5.295

0.65.026

0.75 R.030 R

3.1.122

PC board pattern

+.003+.001

2.54.100

2.54.100

3-.039 dia.

+0.08+0.023-1.0 dia.

Pretravel 0.3 .012 max.Movement Differential 0.1 .004 max.Overtravel 0.1 .004 min.

Operating Position 4.8±0.15 .189±.006

Free Position 5.2 .205 max.

Hinge lever type

3.95.156

2.4 max..094

3.0.118

6.5.256

5.8

7.5 max..295

(F.P.)

(O.P.)

(P.T.)

1.7.067

0.6.024

0.55.022

0.55.022

0.11.004

0.8.031

2.5.098

2.5.098

±0.7

.228±.028

0.7.028

Note: All other dimensions are the same as those of pin plunger type.




Simulated roller lever type

6.1±0.7

.240±.028

5.5.217

2.2 max..087

0.6 R.024 R

8.0 max..315

1.7.067

0.6.024

0.55.022

0.55.022

0.11.004

0.8.031

2.5.098

2.5.098

0.7.028

(P.T.)

(O.P.)

(F.P.)





AV4

112

2. Angle terminalRight angle terminalPin plunger type

Pin plunger

Right angle terminal


0.5.020

0.8.031

1.9.075

0.8.031

1.0.039

3.1.122

2.4.0940.7

.028

0.6.024

0.5.020

0.6.024

0.65

dia

.

.026

7.5.295

5.08.200

2.54.100

2.54.100

4.0.157

0.3 max..012

(P.T.)

0.75 R

.030 R

1.0.039

1.2.047

1.7.067

0.55.022

0.55.022

0.11.004

0.8.031

2.5.098

4.5.177

0.4.016

4.80±0.15

.189±.006

(O.P.)5.2 max..205

(F.P.)

Note: All other dimensions of hinge lever type and simulated roller lever type are the same as those of straight terminal types.




Left angle terminalPin plunger type

Pin plunger

Left angle terminal

3.1.122

2.4.094 0.7

.028

0.6.024

0.5.020

1.7.067

0.55.022

0.55.022

0.11.004

0.8.031

2.5.098

0.5.020

0.8.031

1.9.075

0.8.031

1.0.039

0.6.024

0.65

dia

.

.026

7.5.295

5.08.200

2.54.100

2.54.100

4.0.157

0.3 max..012

(P.T.)

0.75 R

.030 R1.0.039

1.2.047

4.5.177

0.4.016

4.80±0.15

.189±.006

(O.P.)5.2 max..205

(F.P.)

Note: All other dimensions of hinge lever type and simulated roller lever type are the same as those of straight terminal types.

Pretravel 0.3 .012 max.

Movement Differential 0.1 .004 max.

Overtravel 0.1 .004 min.



3. Solder terminal with mounting holesPin plunger type

1.0.039

2.5.098

0.6.024

0.3 max..012

(P.T.)

5.4(O.P.)

5.8 max..228

(F.P.)

1.9.075

7.5.295

1.65 dia.

.0654.0.157

0.8.031

1.2.047

1.4.055

1.4.055

3.1.122

1.5.059

5.1.201

±0.15

.213±.006

2.5.098




AV4

113

NOTES

Hinge lever type mm inch General tolerance: ±0.15 ±.006

1.65 dia..065

0.8.031

2.5.098

0.11.004

0.6.024

1.5.059

1.4.055

1.4.055

3.1.122

3.0.118

6.5.256

0.8.031

1.2.0474.0.1577.5.295

4.55.179

5.1.201

(F.P.)9.0 max..354

(O.P.)±0.66.4

±.024.252

2.4 max..094

(P.T.)





Simulated roller lever type2.5

.098

0.11.004

0.8.031

0.6

R.0

24 R

5.5.217

3.0.118

2.2 max..087

(P.T.)

1.65 dia.

.065

6.7±0.5

.264±.020

(O.P.)

9.4 max..370

(F.P.)

0.7.028





1. Mounting1) After mounting and wiring, the insulation distance between ground and each terminal should be confirmed as sufficient.2) When the operation object is in the free position, force should not be applied to the actuator or to the pin plunger. Also force should be applied to the pin plunger from vertical direction to the switch.3) In setting the movement after operation, the over-travel should be set within the range of the specified O.T. value.4) In fastening the switch body, use the M1.4 screw, with tightening torque of not more than 0.098 N·m.

2. Soldering1) Hand soldering should be accomplished in less than 5 seconds with an iron below 18 watts. Keep the soldering tip temperature less than 320°C 608°F. Avoid applying force to the terminals.2) In the case of automatically soldering bath, soldering should be done less than 5 seconds in 260°C 500°F solder bath.3) Terminal portion must not be moved within 1 minute after soldering. Also no tensile strength of lead wires should be applied to the terminals.4) When using the angle terminal type, insert an insulation separator between the switch body and the printed circuit board (Insulation separator 0.2 to 0.4mm .008 to .016 inch thick) to prevent the soldering flux from flowing under the PC board.

3. CleaningAs FU switch is not completely sealed construction, avoid cleaning.4. Selection of switchWhen specifying FU switches, allow ±20% to the listed operating characteristics.5. Avoid using and keeping switches in the following conditions:• In corrosive gases• In a dusty environment• Where silicon atmosphere prevails6. When switching low-level circuits (max. 100 mA), gold contact types are recommended.7. When using the lever type, avoid applying force from the reverse and side direction of actuating.

AGX

114


PRODUCT TYPES

SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCH SMALL SIZE &

LIGHT FORCE

GX (AGX) SWITCHES

Rating Overtravel (O.T.) Min. mm inch Contact arrangement

Switching timingPart number

1st ON 2nd ON

Standard type10.1A 250V AC

2 .0791 Form A Power switching contact — — AGX1052 Form A Power switching contact — — AGX205

4 .157

1 Form A Power switching contact — — AGX1062 Form A Power switching contact — — AGX206

3 Form A

3 Form APower switching contact 3a power — AGX306

1 Form APower switching contact

2 Form ASignal switching contact

1a power 2a signal AGX606




High capacity type16A 250V AC

2 .0791 Form A Power switching contact — — AGX1252 Form A Power switching contact — — AGX225

4 .157

1 Form A Power switching contact — — AGX1262 Form A Power switching contact — — AGX226

3 Form A

3 Form APower switching contact 3a power — AGX326







VDE

1a

3a 2a

FEATURES• Constructed with dual restoration springs and double cut-off for safety• Contact gap of greater than 4mm .157inch (Conforming to IEC 950)• As for 3 Form A type, combination of power contact and signal contact is available• UL/CSA/SEMKO/TÜV/VDE approved

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS• Door interlock of copiers, printers, facsimiles• Door interlock of other compact appliances

Product Name

GX

Contact arrangement Capacity and mounting method Terminals

1: 2: 3: 6:

7:

1 Form A Power switching contact2 Form A Power switching contact3 Form A Power switching contact1 Form A Power switching contact and2 Form A Signal switching contact2 Form A Power switching contact and1 Form A Signal switching contact

0: Standard type 10.1 A (Snap-in mounting)0: High capacity type 16 A (EOL)* (Snap-in mounting)


5: 6:

.250 Quick-connect terminal (O.T. 2 mm)

.250 Quick-connect terminal (O.T. 4 mm)

Ex. AGX

AGX

115


Remark: Motor load designates an inrush current switching capability of 6 times the indicating rating

2. Characteristics

*Remark: Test condition and judgement are complying with "JIS C4505", "EN61058" and "UL1054".


Remark: With the 3 Form A type sequence operation type, the specifications for the contact where the operation position turns ON first are as per the above table. However, the specifications for the contact where the operation position turns ON later are delayed by approximatery 0.8 mm .031 inch compared with the above table.

Number of contact Resistive load(cos φ ] 1)

Motor load* (EN61058-1)(cos φ ] 0.6)

Standard typepower switching contact

10.1A 125V AC10.1A 250V AC

6A 30V DC3A 48V DC (3 Form A type only)

3A 125V AC3A 250V AC

High capacity typepower switching contact

16A 125V AC16A 250V AC6A 30V DC

3A 48V DC (3 Form A type only)

4A 125V AC4A 250V AC

Signal switching contact(3 Form A only)

0.1A 48V DCContact Low-level circuit:

1mA 5V DC—

Type Standard type High capacity type

Expected life

Mechanical(at 60 cpm) 106 min.

Electrical(at 20 cpm, operating speed: 10mm/sec.)

105

(at 10.1A 250V AC)105

(at 16A 250V AC)

Insulation resistance 100MΩ at 500V DC

Dielectric strength

Between terminals 2,000Vrms for 1 minute

Between terminals and other exposed metal parts 2,500Vrms for 1 minute

Between terminals and ground 2,000Vrms for 1 minute

Initial contact resistance 100mΩ Max. (by voltage drop at 1A, 6 to 8V DC)

Temperature rise (terminal portion) Initial 45 deg. Max., After test 55 deg. Max.

Vibration resistance 10 to 55Hz at single amplitude of 0.75mm

Shock resistance Min. 294m/s2

Actuator strength 49N for 1 minute(For operating direction)

Tensile terminal strength Min. 147N(Pulling for operating direction)

Allowable operating speed Min. 10 to 300mm/second

Allowable operating cycle rate 60 cpm

Temperature resistance –40°C to –45°C –40°F to –49°F: 48 hours, +80°C to +90°C +176°F to +194°F: 48 hours

Ambient temperature –25°C to +85°C –13°F to +185°F (Not freezing nor condensing)

Flame retardancy Min. UL 94V-1

Tracking resistance (CTI) Min. 175

Contactarrangement Part number Operating force

(O.F.) Max.

Total operating force (T.F)

Max. Push button position: 2.4mm

.094inch

Free position (F.P.) Max. mm inch

Operating position (O.P.) mm inch

Total travel position (T.T.P.)

mm inch

Over travel (O.T.) Min. mm inch

Standard type 10.1A 250V AC

1 Form A AGX105 3.92 N 4.90 N 8 .315 4.8±0.4 .189±.016 2.4 .094 2.0 .079

2 Form A AGX205 3.92 N 4.90 N 8 .315 4.8±0.4 .189±.016 2.4 .094 2.0 .079

1 Form A AGX106 3.92 N 6.86 N 10 .394 7.0±0.4 .276±.016 2.4 .094 4.0 .157

2 Form A AGX206 3.92 N 6.86 N 10 .394 7.0±0.4 .276±.016 2.4 .094 4.0 .157

3 Form A AGX306 2.94 N 5.88 N 10 .394 7.0±0.4 .276±.016 2.4 .094 4.0 .157

High capacity type 16A 250V AC

1 Form A AGX125 4.90 N 6.86 N 8 .315 4.8±0.4 .189±.016 2.4 .094 2.0 .079

2 Form A AGX225 5.88 N 7.85 N 8 .315 4.8±0.4 .189±.016 2.4 .094 2.0 .079

1 Form A AGX126 4.90 N 8.82 N 10 .394 7.0±0.4 .276±.016 2.4 .094 4.0 .157

2 Form A AGX226 5.88 N 9.81 N 10 .394 7.0±0.4 .276±.016 2.4 .094 4.0 .157

3 Form A AGX326 3.92 N 7.85 N 10 .394 7.0±0.4 .276±.016 2.4 .094 4.0 .157

AGX

116

CONSTRUCTIONDual safety construction• Dual restoration spring• Double cut-off type


4mm .157inch or more contact gap(2mm .079inch or more on one side) × 2.250 Quick-connect terminal

2mm min..079inch min.

1 Form A

2 Form A

42

31

321.260

17.669

10.6.417

6.35.250

8.75.34414.6.575

3.118

15.59127

1.063

3.6.142

14.551

24.6.969

22.5.886

2.3.091

5 dia..197 dia.

(F.P.) (O.P.)


Hole cutting dimension

(Cooper is standard as panel material)

Remark: 1 Form A type does not have terminal No.1 nor No.2

Panel thickness

1.0 to 1.75 .039 to .069

1.75 to 2.5 .069 to .098

Dimension A

30.2 1.189

30.5 1.201

15.591

+0.1−0+.004−0

A

R0.3 max.R.012 max.

+0.1−0+.004−0

+0.1−0+.004−0

3 Form A

Power switching contact

Signal switching contact

64

2

53

1

321.260

29.81.173

10.6.417

6.35.250

0.65.026

2.2.087

2.2.08711.3.445

27.21.071

10.394

15.59127

1.063

3.6.142

14.551

24.6.969

22.5.886

2.3.091

8 dia..315 dia.

(F.P.) (O.P.)


Hole cutting dimension

(Cooper is standard as panel material)

• Signal switching contact

Remark: Power switching contact type has .250 Quick-connect terminal and signal switching contact type has .110 Quick-connect terminal.

Panel thickness

0.8 to 1.75 .031 to .069

1.75 to 2.5 .069 to .098

Dimension A

30.2 1.189

30.5 1.201

27.81.094

+0.1−0+.004−0

A

R0.3 max.R.012 max.

+0.1−0+.004−0

+0.1−0+.004−0

10.6.417

15.59127

1.063

3.6.142

2.8.110

7.1.280

AGX

117

NOTES

REFERENCE

INTRODUCTION OF CONNECTORS (made by Nippon Tanshi co.,Ltd)

1. Switch mountingMount the switch with the hole cutting dimensions shown in the drawing.2. Adjustment of the operating device:With respect to the position of the operating device and the switch body, set the position as indicated in the condition on the right. If this condition is exceeded, the mechanical and electrical performance will be impaired. In addition, the force applied by the oprating device should be in a perpendicular direction. Even if the pushbutton is used in the full total travel position, there will be no influence on the life of the switch.

3. Confirming insulating distanceBefore mounting and wiring, the insulating distance between terminals and between the terminals and ground should be checked for assurance of proper distance. With respect to the terminal connections, it is recommended that receptacles with insulating sleeves or "Positive Lock Connector*" be used. Also consideration should be given to the wiring not to apply force to the terminal section normally.*Registered by AMP, Ltd.4. Regarding fastening lead wires to terminalsUse .250 receptacle (terminal thickness 0.8mm .031inch) or .110 receptacle (terminal thickness 0.5mm .020inch) should be used for connection. Make sure the sockets are straight. If they are skewed, the terminals will require excessive insertion force. The insertion force varies according to manufacturer’s

specifications. Check it for the sockets you are using.5. Material of the panelSteel sheet is recommended as the panel material. When using soft material, confirm the condition for actual use.6. Quality check under actual loading conditionsTo improve reliability, check the switch under actual loading conditions. Avoid any situation that may adversely affect switching performance.7. Avoid using and keeping switches in the following conditions.• In corrosive gases• In a dusty environment• Where silicon atomosphere prevails

Free condition

Operatingdevice

O.T. 2mm type: 8mm .315inch min.O.T. 4mm type: 10mm .394inch min.

1 Form A, 2 Form A: 2.4 to 3mm .094 to .118inch3 Form A: 2.4 to 4mm .094 to .157inch

Operating condition

1. Outline of UL1054 testOverload testStandard type: 12.5A 250V AC(Power factor 0.75 to 0.8)High capacity type: 20A 250V AC(Power factor 0.75 to 0.8)Endurance testStandard type: 10A 250V AC(Power factor 0.75 to 0.8)High capacity type: 16A 250V AC(Power factor 0.75 to 0.8)

After testing, temperature rise of terminals should be less than 30°C 86°F and no abnormality should be observed in characteristics.2. Outline of EN61058-1 testAfter switching 25,000 times on the above load condition at both 85 °C 185 °F and 25±10°C 77±50°F, temperature rise of terminals should be less than 55°C 131°F and no abnormality should be observed in characteristics.

+50

+41+32

24A

50 to 100ms

J7: 10A

AC: 250V(Power factor 0.6)

2 sec.4 sec.

1. For 2 Form A power switching contact type

Applicable GX switch part No.: AGX205, AGX206, AGX225, AGX226* HousingModel number: N1620-4204* ReceptacleModel numbers17168-2 (for narrow wires, post-plated product)17168-M2 (for narrow wires, wood veneer plated product)172131-M2 (for thick wires)

2. For 2 Form A power switching contact type of 2 Form A power switching contact + 1 Form A signal switching contact

Applicable GX switch part No.: AGX706, AGX726* HousingModel number: N3220-4204* ReceptacleModel numbers17901-M2, 17902-M2, 17903-M3 (wire size differences)

Remark: Please consult us if you need above connectors.

For 2 Form A powerswitching contact type

For 2 Form A powerswitching contact typeof 2 Form A powerswitching contact type

AV1

118


PRODUCT TYPES

SAFETY INTERLOCK SWITCH CONSTRUCTED

WITH DUAL RESTORATION SPRINGS

GW (AV1) SWITCHES

TypePart number

Mounting method Button guard Contact arrangement Contact gap mm inch

Screw mounting Without

1 Form A Min. 6 .236 AV1605

1 Form B Min. 3 .118 AV1505

1 Form A 1 Form B Max. 3 .118 AV1405

2 Form A Min. 6 .236 AV1305

Snap-in mounting

Without2 Form A Min. 8 .315 AV1215

3 Form A Min. 8 .315 AV1115

With2 Form A Min. 8 .315 AV1225

3 Form A Min. 8 .315 AV1125

VDE

FEATURES• 8mm .315inch or more is assured as insulation distance between contacts (Snap-in mounting 2 Form A and 3 Form A type)• Durability of 100,000 times (16A 380V AC) is assured for UL interlock circuit• Constructed with easy-to-connect terminalsTerminal specifications is .250 Quick-Connect (based on DIN standards) Connection can be made with insulating sleeve on connecting lug• UL/CSA/VDE/SEMKO approved

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS1. Office equipment• Copies• Facsimiles• Projectors2. Home appliances• Microwave ovens• Refrigerators

Type of switchAV1: GW switch

Contact arrangement1:2:3:4:5:6:

3 Form A (contact gap: 8 mm .315 inch)2 Form A (contact gap: 8 mm .315 inch)2 Form A (contact gap: 6 mm .236 inch)1 Form A 1 Form B1 Form B1 Form A

Mounting method0:1:2:

Screw mountingSnap-in mounting typeSnap-in mounting typewith button guard

Ex. AV1 4 0 5

Remarks: 1. When ordering UL/CSA (16 A 380 V AC, 1/2HP 125/250 V AC, operating cycle: 6 × 103) VDEÆSEMKOÆT V approved types, add suffix 9 to the type No., for example AV14059.

2. When ordering UL/CSA (16 A 380 V AC, operating cycle: 6 × 106) VDE and SEMKO approved types, add suffix 3 to the type No., for example AV14053.

This product is end of life (EOL) and will be replaced by a 10.1 A type, scheduled April 2005

AV1

119


* The VDE motor load rating is in accordance with VDE 0630 motorload rating which designates an inrush current switching capability of 6 times the indicating rating.

2. Characteristics

*Remark:Test condition and judgement are complying with "JIS C4505", "EN61058" and "UL1054".

3. Operating characteristics1) Screw mounting type

2) Snap-in mounting type

No. of load Resistive load (cos φ ] 1)

VDE motor load (cos φ ] 0.6)

125V AC 16A 4A

250V AC 16A 4A

380V AC 16A 4A

Expected lifeMechanical (at 60 cpm) 106

Electrical (at 20 cpm, operating speed: 10mm/sec.)

105 (16A 380V AC)5 × 104 (16(4)A 380V~)

Insulation resistance Min. 100MΩ at 500V DC

Dielectric strength

Between terminals 2,000 Vrms for 1 min.

Between terminals and other exposed metal parts 2,500 Vrms for 1 min.

Between terminals and ground 2,000 Vrms for 1 min.

Initial contact resistance, max. (by voltage drop at 1A 6 to 8V DC) Max. 100mΩ

Temperature rise Initial 45 deg. Max., After test 55 deg. Max.

Vibration resistance 10 to 55Hz at double amplitude of 1.5mm (Contact opening Max. 1 msec.)

Shock resistance Min. 294 m/s2

Actuator strength 49 N for 1 minute

Tensile terminal strength Min. 147 N

Min. operating speed 10 to 300mm/sec.

Max. operating cycle rate 60 cpm

Temperature resistance –40°C to –45°C –40°F to –49°F: 48 hours, +80°C to +90°C +176°F to +194°F: 48 hours


Flame retardancy UL 94V-1

Tracking resistance (CTI) Min. 175

Contact arrangement Max. O.F.

Max. T.F. pushbutton position:

10mm .394inchMax. F.P. O.P. Min. T.T.P. Min. O.T.

1 Form A (N.O. contact to ON)4.90N 6.37N 16.6mm

.654inch(N.O. contact to ON)

12.7±0.4mm .500±.016inch 10mm .394inch 2.1mm .083inch

1 Form B (N.C. contact to OFF)2.94N 7.35N 15.3mm

.602inch(N.C. contact to OFF)


1 Form A 1 Form B

(N.O. contact to ON)5.88N 7.35N 15.3mm



1 Form A 1 Form B

(N.C. contact to OFF)2.94N 7.35N 15.3mm

.602inch(N.C. contact to OFF)


2 Form A (N.O. contact to ON)7.85N 9.81N 16.6mm



Contact arrangement Max. O.F.

Max. T.F. pushbutton position:

10mm .394inchMax. F.P. O.P. Min. T.T.P. Min. O.T.

2 Form A (N.O. contact to ON)7.85N 9.81N 14mm .551inch (N.O. contact to ON)

9.3±0.4mm .366±.016inch7.5mm

.295inch2.1mm

.083inch

3 Form A (N.O. contact to ON)9.81N 14.7N 14mm .551inch (N.O. contact to ON)

9.3±0.4mm .366±.016inch7.5mm

.295inch2.1mm

.083inch

AV1

120

CONSTRUCTION

CONTACT OPERATION CHART• 1 Form A


1. Free position

2. Operating position

3. Total travel position

[Screw mounting type (1 Form A 1 Form B) [Snap-in mounting type (3 Form A)

Coil spring(Dual restorationspring construction)

Pushbutton

Insulatingring

MovablecontactContactshoe

Stationarycontact

Coil spring

N.C. terminal

Coil spring(Dual restorationspring construction)

N.O. terminal

Button guardDouble safetystructure• Double spring• Double cut-off

type

8 mm .315 inch ormore contact gap(4 mm .157 inchor more on oneside) × 2 = 8 mm.315 inch or more

Positive lock connectorApplicable terminal(AMP brand)

Double safety structure• Double spring• Double cut-off type

Distance betweendifferent polarities:8 mm .315 inch ormoreAccross terminalNo. 1 to No. 3 andNo. 2 to No. 4

NO.1 NO.2

NO.3 NO.4NO.5 NO.6

1. Screw mounting type

1 Form A, 1 Form B, 1 Form A 1 Form B

1 3 4 2

301.181

5.8.228

6.236

17.4.685

7.6.29910.4.41012.4.488

281.102

(O.T.)

(F.P.)(O.P.)(T.T.P.)

8 dia..315 dia.

10 .394 spherical radius

22±0.1

.866±.004

13±0.2

.512±.008

2-4.3±0.05 dia. hole2-.169±.002 dia. hole

27±0.8

1.063±.032

11.8±0.8

.465±.032

.250 Q.C.terminal

Contact gap1 Form A: Min. 6mm .236inch1 Form B: Min. 3mm .118inch1 Form A 1 Form B: Max. 3mm .118inchRemarks: Terminal no. 3 & 4 are for 1 Form A Terminal no. 1 & 2 are for 1 Form B.

AV1

121

2 Form A

301.181

5.8.228

6.236

21.7.854

10.6.417

7.6.29910.2.40212.6.496

361.417

24.8.976

10.6.417

(O.T.)

(F.P.)(O.P.)(T.T.P.)

8 dia..315 dia.

10 .394 spherical radius

22±0.1

.866±.004

13±0.2

.512±.008

2-4.3±0.05 dia. hole2-.169±.002 dia. hole

27±0.8

1.063±.032

11.8±0.8

.465±.032

.250 Q.C.terminal

Contact gap2 Form A: Min. 6mm .236inch

2. Snap-in mounting type

2 Form A

2 Form A type without button guard

32.61.283

7.6.29910.6.41713.8.543

8.315

39.61.559

2.1.083

17.4.685

39.91.571

25.1.988

10.6.41710.6

.417

7.6.2990.8

.0310.8

.031

28.41.118

(F.P.)(O.P.)

(T.T.P.)

8 dia..315 dia.

30.4±0.8

1.197±.032

15.2±0.8

.598±.032

.250 Q.C.terminal

2 Form A type with button guard

32.61.283

7.6.29910.6.41713.8.543

14.551

6.236

8.315

39.61.559

20.9.823

18.7098 dia.

.315 dia.

17.4.685

39.9 1.571

25.1.988

2.1.083

10.6.41710.6

.417

7.6.2990.8

.0310.8

.031

28.41.118

(F.P.)(O.P.)

(T.T.P.)

30.4±0.8

1.197±.032

15.2±0.8

.598±.032

.250 Q.C.terminal

Recommended panel opening dimensions (common)

14.551

A

R1.3 max.R.051 max.

Panel thickness 1.0 .039 2.5 .098

Dimension A 36.7 1.445 37.7 1.484Contact gap2 Form A: Min. 8mm .315inch

AV1

122

NOTES

3 Form A 3 Form A type without button guard

7.6.29910.6.41713.8.54314.8.583

6.35.250

8.315

18.709

512.008

2.1.083

47.81.882

501.969

7.6.299

0.8.031

0.8.031

0.8.031

33.31.311

(F.P.)(O.P.)

(T.T.P.)

8 dia..315 dia.

30.4±0.8

1.197±.032

45.6±0.8

1.795±.032

15.2±0.8

.598±.032

.250 Q.C.terminal

3 Form A type with button guard

7.6.29910.6.41713.8.54314.8.583

6.35.250

8.315

18.709

512.008

2.1.083

47.81.882

501.969

7.6.299

0.8.031

0.8.031

0.8.031

33.31.311

(F.P.) (T.T.P.)(O.P.)

30.4±0.8

1.197±.032

45.6±0.8

1.795±.032

15.2±0.8

.598±.032

.250 Q.C.terminal

14.551

6.236

20.9.823

18.7098 dia.

.315 dia.

Recommended panel opening dimensions (common)

15.591

A

R1.3 max.R.051 max.

Panel thickness 1.0 .039 2.5 .098

Dimension A 47.0 1.850 47.3 1.862Contact gap3 Form A: Min. 8mm .315inch

1. Switch mountingMount the switch to a smooth surface using M4 screws. Tighten the screws with 0.3 to 0.5 N·m 3 to 5 kg·cm torque. To prevent loosening of the mounting screws, it is recommended that spring washers be used in combination with adhesive material for locking the screws.2. Adjustment of the operating device:With respect to the position of the operating device and the switch body, set the position as indicated in the condition on the right. If this condition is exceeded, the mechanical and electrical performance will be impaired. In addition, the force applied by the operating device should be in a perpendicular direction. Even if the pushbutton is used in the full total travel position, there will be no influence on the life of the switch.Screw mounting type

Snap-in mounting type

3. Confirming insulating distance:Before mounting and wiring, the insulating distance between terminals and between terminals and ground should be checked for assurance of proper distance. With respect to the terminal connections, it is recommended that receptacles with insulating sleeves be used.Also, consideration should be given to the wiring not to apply force to the terminal section normally.

4. Avoid using GW switches in the following conditions:• Locations where hydrogen sulfide gas or other corrosive gases exist.• Locations where gasoline, thinner, or other inflammable or explosive gases exist.• Locations where there are dust and refuse.• For operation where the perpendicular operating speed is less than 10mm/sec.• For operation frequency of make/break exceeding 60 cpm.• For ambient temperatures exceeding the range of –25°C to +85°C +13°F to +185°F.• For ambient humidity exceeding 85% R.H.• For use in a silicon atmosphere.5. For use of AV1405 (1 Form Z type):For the type AV1405, the air distance between the N.O. and N.C. contacts is less than the required value of VDE. The N.O. and the N.C. contacts can carry only the same electric potential.

AV1switch

AV1switch

Free condition Operation condition

More than 17 mm.669 inch

10 to10.5 mm.394 to.413 inch

Operatingdevice

Operatingdevice

Operatingdevice

Free condition Operation condition

More than14.5 mm.571 inch

7.5 to 8 mm.295 to.315 inch

AGL

123

PRODUCT TYPES

Remark: Unless you request otherwise, the switch comes with a stamp indicating its conformance to standards.


2. Characteristics

Remark: Test condition and judgement are conforming to JIS C 4505, VDE 0630 (EN61058-1), UL 1054 and CSA C22.2.

2-CIRCUIT LINE DOOR INTERLOCK SWITCH

GL (AGL) SWITCHES

Actuator O.F. (N) Part number

Pin plunger Max. 3.23 AGL4020

Right side hinge lever Max. 1.47 AGL4021

Left side hinge lever Max. 1.47 AGL4022

Resistive load (cos φ ] 1) Low-level circuit load

High capacity load contact

5A 250V AC6A 30V DC —

Low-level circuit load contact

0.1A 125V AC10mA 8V DC

5mA 6V DC2mA 12V DC1mA 24V DC

Item Characteristics

Expected life (min.)Electrical (at 10 cpm) 105

Mechanical (at 60 cpm) 105

Insulation resistance Min. 100MΩ (at 500V DC)

Dielectric strength Between terminals 1,000 Vrms for 1 min.

Dielectric strength Between terminals and other exposed metal parts 1,500 Vrms for 1 min.

Dielectric strength Between terminals and ground 1,000 Vrms for 1 min.

Contact resistance (initial, max.) 100 mΩ (by voltage drop) at 1A to 8V DC

Temperature rise (load current 5A) Initial: Max. 45 deg.After test: Max. 55 deg.

Vibration resistance 10 to 55 Hz at amplitude at 0.75mm (Contact opening: Max. 1 msec.)

Shock resistance Min. 294m/s2 30G (Contact opening: Max. 1 msec.)

Actuator strength 39.2N min.

Tensile terminal strength 11.8N min.

Allowable operating speed 1 to 500 mm/s

Maximum operating cycle rate 300 cpm

Ambient temperature –25°C to +60°C –13°F to +140°F (Not freezing below 0°C 32°F)

Flame retardancy UL 94V-0

FEATURES• Conforming to IEC 950Contact gap of greater than 1.0mm .039inch• 2-circuit line of high capacity load contact and low-level circuit load contact• The high capacity load contact accepts the DC load due to its snap-action construction (6A 30V DC)• Self-standing terminal for PC board• Flame retardancy: UL94V-0• UL/CSA/TÜV/SEMKO approved

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS1. Office equipment• Copiers • Printers • Facsimiles etc.2. Power supply units

Right side hinge lever type Pin plunger type

Left side hinge lever type

AGL

124


Remark: Total force is weighed at each total travel position.

DIMENSIONS mm inch

Pin plunger type Hinge lever type

From basis From boss center From basis From boss center

Free position mm inch Max. 7.5 .295 Max. 5.1 .201 Max. 12.5 .492 Max. 10.1 .398

Operating position mm inch 6.5+0.4 .256+.016 4.1+0.4 .161+.016 9.5+1.3 .374+.051 7.1+1.3 .280+.051

Total travel position mm inch Max. 5.45 .215 Max. 3.05 .120 Max. 6.0 .236 Max. 3.6 .142

Over travel mm inch Min. 0.75 .030 Min. 1.6 .063

Operating force, Max. 3.23 N 1.47 N

Total force, Max. 5.68 N 2.45 N

CONSTRUCTION CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: 2 Form A

High capacity load contact(snap-action construction)

Over 1.0 mm .039 inchLow-level circuit load contact (leaf spring)

NO.1

Low-level circuit load

High capacity load

NO.2NO.3NO.4

Over 1.0 mm .039 inch

NO.1NO.2

SCHEMATIC

NO.3NO.4

1. Pin plunger type

5.8.228

12.5 .49223.5 .92527.8 1.09434 1.339

0.5.020

26.4±0.15

1.039±.006

12.5±0.15

.492±.006

1.4±0.1

.055±.004

15.35±0.15

.604±.006

TT

P 5

.45

.215

max

.O

.P. 6

.5±0

.4 .2

56±.

016

F.P.

7.5

.295

max

.T

TP

3.0

5 .1

20 m

ax.

O.P

. 4.1

±0.4 .1

61±.

016

F.P.

5.1

.201

max

.

4.8.189

1.0 dia..039 dia.

4.0.157

2.4.094

12.25.482

5.197

21.2.835

3.5.138

19.85.781

2.8±0.1

.110±.004

2.8±0.1

.110±.004

19.45±0.2

.766±.008

PC board pattern

Detailed dimensions of terminal mounting

26.4±0.05

1.039±.002

12.5±0.05

.492±.002

12.25±0.05

.482±.002

1±0.1

.039±.004

1.1±0.1

.043±.004

R1.1R.043

R1.1R.043

2±0.1

.079±.004

3.1±0.1

.122±.004

23.5±0.05

.925±.002

21.85±0.05

.860±.002

8.9±0.1

.350±.004

12.25.482

2.8.110

2.8.110

AGL

125

NOTES

2. Right side hinge lever type

26.4±0.15

1.039±.006

4.0.157

1.0 dia..039 dia.

15.35±0.15

.604±.006

4.8.189

2.4.094

19.85.781

5.8.228

12.5 .49223.5 .92527.8 1.09434 1.339

12.5±0.15

.492±.006

12.25.482

5.197

21.2.835

3.5.138

2.8±0.1

.110±.004

2.8±0.1

.110±.004

19.45±0.2

.766±.008

TT

P 6

.0 .2

36 m

ax.

O.P

. 9.5

±1.3 .3

74±.

051

F.P.

12.

5 .4

92 m

ax.

TT

P 3

.6 .1

42 m

ax.

O.P

. 7.1

±1.3 .2

80±.

051

F.P.

10.

1 .3

98 m

ax.

mm inch

3. Left side hinge lever type

26.4±0.15

1.039±.006

4.0.157

1.0 dia..039 dia.

15.35±0.15

.604±.006

4.8.189

2.4.094

19.85.781

5.8.228

12.5 .492

23.5 .925

27.8 1.094

34 1.339

12.5±0.15

.492±.006

12.25.482

5.197

21.2.835

3.5.138

2.8±0.1

.110±.004

2.8±0.1

.110±.004

19.45±0.2

.766±.008

TT

P 6

.0 .2

36 m

ax.

O.P

. 9.5

±1.3 .3

74±.

051

F.P.

12.

5 .4

92 m

ax.

TT

P 3

.6 .1

42 m

ax.

O.P

. 7.1

±1.3 .2

80±.

051

F.P.

10.

1 .3

98 m

ax.

1. A and B of the figure below are the additional terminals to fix the switch body on the PC board. Since these terminals are related No.1 terminal and No.2 terminal respectively, please be sure to maintain adequate insulating clearance between each terminal and ground.

2. In setting the movement after operation, the over-travel should be set from 70% to 100%. Setting the movement less than 70% may cause degrading the electrical mechanical performance.3. Soldering operationSoldering must be done as quickly as possible.260°C 500°F: within 10 seconds350°C 662°F: within 3 secondsDuring the operation, care should be taken to prevent flux entrance inside the switch. The positioning tab may be changed in shape.

4. Please pay attention to the insulation distance between terminals and between terminal and the ground after mounting and wiring.5. EnvironmentAvoid the location nearby the conductive material which possibly attaches the switch.

A

No. 1 terminal

B

No. 2 terminal

ABC3

126


PRODUCT LINEUP

SPECIFICATIONS1. Contact rating5µA to 10mA 5V DC (resistive load)

1.4 MM ULTRA SLIM HIGH RELIABLE 2-DIRECTIONAL

DETECTION SWITCHES

FT-2Way (ABC3) SWITCHES

Detection direction Packing style

Straight terminal type J bent terminal type

With positioning boss Without positioning boss With positioning boss Without positioning boss

Emboss tape(3,000 pcs./reel) ABC3111P ABC3101P ABC3112P ABC3102P

FEATURES• Detect laterally in two directions with a single switchWith two 1a type contacts built-in to one switch, it is possible to detect laterally in two directions.• Ultra compact and slim for space savingThe size, at 5.0 mm (W)×5.0 mm (L)×1.4 mm (H) .197 inch (W)×.197 inch (L)×.055 inch (H), is ultra compact and slim.By using an FT-2Way switch to replace where two 1a type contact switches were used up to now, it is possible to reduce mounting space.(Move from having two switches to having one.)• Supports low level loads with twin gold plate contactsThe use of twin gold plate contacts means that low level loads of even 5µA 5V DC can be handled.Contact reliability is also very high. Also, its ability to withstand ambient conditions has been greatly improved (anti-corrosiveness and resistance to humidity), so it will contribute to the performance of, especially, mobile equipments.

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS1. Digital audio visual equipmentDVC (digital video camera)DSC (digital still camera)2. Digital compact equipmentMobile phone, PDA, IC recorder, MD silicon audio3. Personal computer and its peripheralsNotebook PC, CD-R/RW, DVD4. OthersIC card and other electronic moneyrelated products

NEW

Type of switch

3: FT-2Way switches

Contact arrangement

1: Right (1 Form A) Left (1 Form A)

Positioning boss

0: Without positioning boss1: With positioning boss

1: Straight terminal type2: J bent terminal type

Terminal shape

P: Embossed tape packing

Packing style

Ex. ABC 3 1

ABC3

127

2. Characteristics



Item Specifications

Electrical life Min. 105 (5 µA 5V DC to 10 mA 5V DC contact opening 20 cpm)

Insulation resistance Min. 100 MΩ (by 100V DC insulation resistance meter)

Dielectric strength 100 Vrms for 1 min. (Between uncontinuous terminals)

Contact resistance (initial) Max. 1Ω (by voltage drop at 10 mA 5V DC)

Vibration resistance 15 m/s2 10 to 500Hz (Contact opening: max. 1 msec.)

Shock resistance 300 m/s2 (Contact opening: max. 1 msec.)

Allowable operating speed 1 to 300mm/s

Allowable operating frequency 60 times/min. (at no load)

Ambient temperature –25 to 80°C –13 to 176°F Not freezing nor condensing

ItemStraight terminal/J bent terminal type

With positioning boss Without positioning boss

Free position (F.P.) (mm inch) 0° ± 0.5° 0° ± .020° 0° ± 0.5° 0° ± .020°

Operating position (O.P.) (mm inch) 10.0° ± 3.0° .394° ± .118° 10.0° ± 3.0° .394° ± .118°

Total travel position (T.T.P.) (mm inch) 49.0° ± 1.0° 1.929° ± .039° 49.0° ± 1.0° 1.929° ± .039°

Operating force (N) 0.3 max. 0.3 max.

1. Straight terminal type (with positioning boss)

(Left operation OP=0.8±0.25 .031±.010)

(Right operation OP=0.8±0.25 .031±.010)

6.3.248

0.05.002

0.55.022

6.60.260

2.6.1021.0

.039

0.60 .024 5.0+0.02–0.1

.197+.001–.004

0.4 0. –0.1

.016 0 –.004

5.0+0.02–0.1

.197+.001–.004

Right OP=10.0°±3°

Left operationdirection

Right operationdirection

R0.5 .0201.5.059

2.50.098

3.80 .150(Rotation

center)

(0.50)(.020)

Left OP=10.0°±3°R 0.1 .004

49.0°

0.8.031

0.05.002

0.6.024

0.7±0.05

.028±.002

0.7±0.05

.028±.002

1.4.055

C0.1.004

C0.1.004

2.0±0.1

.079±.004

3.0±0.1

.118±.004

Recommended PC board pattern

2.6.102

1.0.039

1.0.039

4.4.1737.0.276

1.2.047

3.0±0.1

.118±.004 2.0±0.1

.079±.004

2-0.8 dia.+0.070

2-.031 dia.+.0030

2. J bent terminal (with positioning boss)

0.05.002

0.80.031

5.0+0.02–0.1

.197+.001–.004

5.7.224

1.0.039

2.6.102

5.0+0.02–0.1

.197+.001–.004

6.3.248

R0.5 .0201.5.059

Right operationdirection

Left operationdirection

R 0.1 .004Right OP=10.0°±3° Left OP=10.0°±3°

49.0°

2.50.098

3.80 .150(Rotation

center)

(0.50)(.020)

0.60 .024

0.55.022

(Left operation OP=0.8±0.25 .031±.010)

(Right operation OP=0.8±0.25 .031±.010)

0.4 0. –0.1

.016 0 –.004

0.6.024

0.8.031

1.4.055

2.0±0.1

.079±.004

3.0±0.1

.118±.004

C0.1.004

C0.1.004

0.7±0.05

.028±.002

0.05.002

0.7±0.05

.028±.002

5.6.220


2.6.102

1.0.039

1.0.039

4.4.1736.4.252

1.2.047

3.0±0.1

.118±.004 2.0±0.1

.079±.004

2-0.8 dia.+0.070

2-.031 dia.+.0030

ABC3

128

CIRCUIT CONSTRUCTION

EMBOSS TAPE AND REEL

NOTES

• N.O. (1 Form A)Left operating direction Right operating direction

• Tape dimensions (Conforming to JIS C 0806-1995) • Reel dimensions (Conforming to JIS C 0806-1995)

Pull-out direction

(4.0)(.157)

(2.0)(.079)

12.012.0.472.472

PET

1.55±0.05 dia..061±.002 dia.

1.75.069

16.0.630

7.8.307

Top cover tape

Emboss carrier tape

Cavity

(370 dia.)(14.567 dia.)

(16.4 )

(22)(.866)

+20

(.646 )+.0790

1. Mounting1) The positioning of the switch should be such that the pushbutton for the switch should not directly apply force to the operating section in the free condition.2) During both mounting and operation, care must be taken to protect the pushbutton from excessive stress, as this may cause malfunctioning.3) During mounting, the insulation distance between ground and each terminals/cover should be confirmed as sufficient.2. Soldering1) Reflow soldering• Please use our recommended land pattern when cream-solder printing.• For cream soldering; Screen thickness is recommended between 0.10 to 0.15 mm .006 to .008 inch.• As this switch is thin, using flux should be avoided for the reason of the flux may come inside of the switch and cause damage.• Please use the reflow temperature profile conditions recommended below for reflow soldering.(The temperature is the one measured on the surface of the PCB.)

• Please keep the number of reflows to no more than two.• Please consult us if you plan to use N2 reflow.• Please avoid excessive oven temperatures and long reflow times as this can lead to deterioration of switch characteristics. (Reworking of soldered sections)• Please complete reworking in one session.• Keeping contact to within 3 s, use an 18 W soldering iron at a temperature of 320°C 608°F maximum.• Please avoid using a soldering iron of excessive wattage and tip temperature, and avoid excessive soldering times, because this may lead to deterioration of switch characteristics.• Please be careful and avoid applying force on the terminals while soldering. This can cause deformation that may lead to improper operation.2) Hand soldering• If hand soldering will be one of the processes, choose the J-bend terminal type, if at all possible. This type is constructed to make it difficult for the flux to enter the unit when hand soldering.• For land patterns, please use the ones recommended by us.J-bend terminal type

• Keeping contact to within three seconds, use an 18 W soldering iron at a temperature of 320°C 608°F maximum.• Please avoid using a soldering iron of excessive wattage and tip temperature, and avoid excessive soldering times, because this may lead to deterioration of switch characteristics.• Please be careful and avoid applying force on the terminals while soldering. This can cause deformation that may lead to improper operation.3. Switch operations1) When setting the activating unit that will operate the switch so that it will operate laterally 13° to 48° from the center position or when converting the distance, please set so that pressing will be 1.1 mm or more from the center position.2) Avoid using the switch as a stopper since it may cause trouble with the operations.3) Please make the angle dimensions of the switch activating unit the same or greater than R1.4) Regarding ON-OFF operation timing, please push all the way to the set position without lingering in the OP vicinity.

255°C 491°Fmax.

220°C 428°F

150°C 302°F

120 max. 40s max.

Solder sticksto this part

ABC3

129

4. Environment1) These switches do not have a sealed construction. As such, the construction of the equipment in which the switches are to be installed should be given careful consideration when the switches are to be used in locations where corrosive gases, silicon or other substances which will adversely affect the contacts are used, where there is a high concentration of dust or where the switches may be exposed to condensation or water. Using switches in locations like these may cause malfunctioning.2) Avoid using this switch in high-temperature, high-humidity or condensation-forming environments and avoid allowing droplets of water to remain on the switch or come into contact with it. These conditions may interfere with the performance of the switch (resulting in short-circuiting, etc.). Use the type with the gold contacts in applications involving trains, aircraft, motor vehicles or medical equipment where the switch must satisfy safety and high reliability requirements. Please consult with us for the applications required high reliability.

3) Because the humidity range differs depending on the ambient temperature, the humidity range indicated below should be used. Continuous operation of the switch is possible within this range, but continuous use near the limit of the range should be avoided.4) This humidity range does not guarantee permanent performance.

5. Breakdown modeFor the switch breakdown mode, shorts, open circuits, or rises in temperature should be considered. For a device to be safe so that it does not create any adverse effect, ensure that a protection circuit or protection device is in place to

protect against a possible switch failure. Also, please make sure that sufficient redundancy is built into the system in order to ensure safety.


Tolerance range

85

5

0+32

80176

–25–13

(Avoidcondensation when used at temperatureshigher than 0°C 32°F)

Humidity, %R.H.


ABC2

130


PRODUCT LINEUP

ULTRA SMALL HIGH RELIABILITY

DETECTION SWITCHES

FT-µ (ABC2) SWITCHES

Detection directionStandard type Low Profile type

Vertical typeWith positioning boss Without positioning

bossStandard embossed

tape packingUpside-down

embossed tape packing

Standard right angle

Standard left angle

— — —

Long stroke right angle

—

Long stroke left angle

— — —

FEATURES• Ultra-low profile 1.4 mm .055 inch(3.4 × 3.5 × 1.4 mm)(.134 × .138 × .055 inch)• The coil spring serves as the contact and a high contact reliability is achieved by the more than adequate contact force and wiping effect. By adopting gold-clad contact, a high contact reliability is also achieved un-der a small current, voltage and load.• Horizontal and vertical mounting types are available and detecting from horizontal and vertical directions is possible. • High overtravel (1.3 mm .051 inch) makes it easy for installation. (Long stroke type)

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS1. Digital audio visual equipment• DVC (digital video camera)• DSC (digital still camera)2. Personal computer and its peripherals• Notebook PC• CD-ROM/CD-R, RW• DVD (digital versatile disc)3. Digital compact equipment• Mobile phone• PDA (personal digital assistant)• MD (Mini Disc)4. Others• IC card and other electronic money-related products

1 Form A 1 Form B

1 Form A 1 Form B

Long stroke type

(Addition of Long stroke type)NEW

Type of switch

2: FT-µ switches

Remark: The actuator colors of 1 Form A type is ivory and 1 Form B type is black.

Contact arrangement Terminal shape

0:

1:

2:3:

Standard type (without positioning boss)Standard type (with positioning boss)Low profile typeVertical type

1:2:3:

4:

SPST-NO (1 Form A)SPST-NC (1 Form B)Long stroke typeSPST-NO (1 Form A)Long stroke typeSPST-NC (1 Form B)

1:2:

3:

Right angle typeLeft angle type (standard type only)Vertical detectiontype

Operating direction

P :

P1:

P2:

Embossed tape packing (standard type)Upside-down embossed tape packing (Low profile type only)Embossed tape packing (vertical type)

Packing style

Ex. ABC 2

ABC2

131

MOUNTING VIEW

PRODUCT TYPES1) Standard type

* Vertical type: 2,000 pcs./reel

1) Long stroke type

CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST-NO (1 Form A), SPST-NC (1 Form B)

SPECIFICATIONS1. Contact rating0.01 mA 5V DC to 10 mA 5V DC (resistive load)2. Characteristics

3. Operating characteristics1) Standard type

2) Long stroke type

Standard typeLow Profile type

Vertical typeStandard embossed tape packing

Upside-down embossed tape packing

Mounting part layout

Contact arrangement


Standard type Low Profile type

Vertical typeWith positioning boss

Without positioning boss

Standard embossed tape

packing

Upside-down embossed tape

packing

1 Form ARight angle

Embossed tape*(4,000 pcs./reel)

ABC2111P ABC2101P ABC2121P ABC2121P1 ABC2133P2Left angle ABC2112P ABC2102P — — —

1 Form BRight angle ABC2211P ABC2201P ABC2221P ABC2221P1 ABC2233P2Left angle ABC2212P ABC2202P — — —

Contact arrangement


Standard type Low Profile type

Vertical typeWith positioning boss

Without positioning boss


packing


packing

1 Form ARight angle

Embossed tape(4,000 pcs./reel)

ABC2311P ABC2301P ABC2321P ABC2321P1 —Left angle ABC2312P ABC2302P — — —

1 Form BRight angle ABC2411P ABC2401P ABC2421P ABC2421P1 —Left angle ABC2412P ABC2402P — — —

1 Form A type 1 Form B type

Electrical life Min. 105 (10 mA 5V DC, 0.01 mA 5V DC contact opening 20 cpm)

Min. 5 × 104 (10 mA 5V DC, 0.01 mA 5V DC contact opening 20 cpm)

Insulation resistance Min. 100 MΩ (by 100V DC insulation resistance meter)Dielectric strength 100 Vrms for 1 min. (Between uncontinuous terminals)Contact resistance (initial) Max. 3Ω (by voltage drop at 10 mA 5V DC)Vibration resistance 15 m/s2 10 to 500Hz (Contact opening: max. 1 msec.)Shock resistance 300 m/s2 (Contact opening: max. 1 msec.)Allowable operating speed 30 to 300mm/sAllowable operating frequency 60 times/min. (at no load)


ItemStandard type

Low profile type Vertical typeWith positioning boss Without positioning boss

Free position (F.P.) (mm inch) 2.7 .106 4.8 .189 4.8 .189 3.3 .130

Operating position (O.P.) (mm inch) 2.3±0.3 .091±.012 4.4±0.3 .173±.012 4.4±0.3 .173±.012 2.9±0.3 .114±.012

Total travel position (T.T.P.) (mm inch) 1.3±0.1 .051±.004 3.4±0.1 .134±.004 3.4±0.1 .134±.004 1.9±0.15 .075±.006

Operating force, Max. (N) 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3

ItemStandard type

Low profile type Vertical typeWith positioning boss Without positioning boss

Free position (F.P.) (mm inch) 3.5 .138 5.6 .220 5.6 .220 —

Operating position (O.P.) (mm inch) 3.0±0.3 .118±.012 5.1±0.3 .201±.012 5.1±0.3 .201±.012 —

Total travel position (T.T.P.) (mm inch) 1.7±0.1 .067±.004 3.8±0.1 .150±.004 3.8±0.1 .150±.004 —

Operating force, Max. (N) 0.3 0.3 0.3 —

1.4mm.055inch

1.2mm.047inch 0.3mm

.012inch

1.9mm.075inch

+0.3−0.1

+.012−.004

+0.3−0.1

+.012−.004

+0.3−0.1

+.012−.004

+0.3−0.1

+.012−.004

+0.3−0.1

+.012−.004

+0.3−0.1

+.012−.004

+0.3−0.1

+.012−.004

ABC2

132

mm inch General tolerance: ±0.15 ±.006DIMENSIONS1. Standard type(Right angle type with positioning boss)

Operation directionUpper direction

Side directionR 2.55R .100

0.05–0.15+0.1

.002–.006+.004

3.4.134

2.1±0.1

.083±.0040.8.031

0.4.016

2-C0.72-C.028

0.3.012

.138±.0033.5±0.08

5.1.201

Reference point

0.6.024

+.002.055–.004

+0.051.40–0.1

0.60.024

.028φ ±.0020.7φ ±0.04

.028φ ±.0020.7φ ±0.04

1.5±0.1

.059±.004

+0.10.4–0.05+.004.016–.002

TTP=1.3±0.1

.051±.004

OP=2.3±0.3

.091±.012

FP=2.7–0.1+0.3

.106–.004+.012

2-C0.102-C.004


1.5±0.05

.059±.002

1.2.047

5.9.232

1.0.039

2- 0.80

φ

+0.05

0hole

2- .031

φ

+.002

0hole

(Right angle type without positioning boss)


Side directionR 2.55R .100

0.4.016

.0120.3

Reference point

.0240.6

0.05–0.15+0.1

.002–.006+.004

TTP=3.4±0.1

.134±.004

OP=4.4±0.3

.173±.012

FP=4.8–0.1+0.3

.189–.004+.012

.138±.0033.5±0.08

5.1.201

3.4.134

2.1±0.1

.083±.0040.8.031

+.002.055–.004

+0.051.40–0.1

0.60.024

2-C0.72-C.028


1.2.047

5.9.232

1.0.039

(Left angle type with positioning boss)

Operation direction

Side direction

.0120.3

Reference point

Upper direction

R 2.55

R .100

4.1.161

0.05–0.15+0.1

.002–.006+.004

.138±.0033.5±0.08

5.1.201

0.4.016

0.6.024

3.4.134

2.1±0.1

.083±.004

0.8.031

+.002.055–.004

+0.051.40–0.1

0.60.024

.028φ ±.0020.7φ ±0.04

.028φ ±.0020.7φ ±0.04

1.5±0.1

.059±.004

+0.10.4–0.05+.004.016–.002

TTP=1.3±0.1

.051±.004

OP=2.3±0.3

.091±.012

FP=2.7–0.1+0.3

.106–.004+.012

2-C0.102-C.0042-C0.7

2-C.028


1.5±0.05

.059±.002

1.2.047

5.9.232

1.0.039

2- 0.80

φ

+0.05

0hole

2- .031

φ

+.002

0hole

ABC2

133

(Left angle type without positioning boss)

Operation direction

Side direction

Reference point

Upper direction

R 2.55

+.002.055–.004

+0.051.40–0.1

0.60.024

4.1.161

0.05–0.15+0.1

.002–.006+.004

.0120.3

0.4.016

0.6.024

R .100

3.4.134

2.1±0.1

.083±.004

0.8.031

.138±.0033.5±0.08

5.1.201

TTP=3.4±0.1

.134±.004

OP=4.4±0.3

.173±.012

FP=4.8–0.1+0.3

.189–.004+.012

2-C0.72-C.028


1.2.047

5.9.232

1.0.039


• Low profile type

Reference point

0.2±0.1

.008±.004 0.1.004

Upper direction

Side direction

Operation direction

R 2.55R .100

TTP=3.4±0.1

.134±.004

OP=4.4±0.3

.173±.012

FP=4.8–0.1+0.3

.189–.004+.012

0.4.016

.0120.3

.0240.6

+.002.055–.004

+0.051.40–0.1

0.60.024

3.4.1342.5

.098

1.4.055

0.8.031

.138±.0033.5±0.08

5.7.224

2-C0.72-C.028


+.0080.142

+0.203.6

2.7.106

1.8.071

03.3–0.150.130–.006

1.2.0476.5

.256

2-C.008

2-C0.2

R0.5 MAX.

R.020 MAX.

• Vertical type

R 2.55R .100


Side direction

Reference point

0.35.014

0.8.031

+.002.055–.004

+0.051.40–0.1

0.60.024

.0120.3

0.4.016

0.6.024

.138±.0033.5±0.08

5.1.201

3.4.134

TTP=1.9±0.15

.075±.006

OP=2.9±0.3

.114±.012

FP=3.3–0.1+0.3

.130–.004+.012

2-C0.72-C.028


4-R0.1

MAX.

4-R.00

4 MAX.

Solder spot

0+.010.142

0+0.253.6

–.004+.008.063–0.1+0.21.6

1.0.039

Angled hole

1.2.047

0+.012.232

0+0.35.9

ABC2

134

mm inch General tolerance: ±0.15 ±.0062. Long stroke type(Right angle type with positioning boss)

Upper direction Operation direction

0.05–0.15+0.1

.002–.006+.004

3.4.134

0.4.016

0.6.024

0.6.024

2.1.083

Side direction

2.1±0.1

.083±.0040.8.031

2-C0.72-C.028.138±.003

3.5±0.08

5.1.201Reference point

R 2.55R .100

TTP=1.7±0.1

.067±.004

OP=3.0±0.3

.118±.012

FP=3.5–0.1+0.3

.138–.004+.012

1.5±0.1

.059±.004

+.002.055–.004

+0.051.4

.0551.4

–0.1

±002.043±0.051.1

.028φ ±.0020.7φ ±0.04

.028φ 00.7φ 0

–.002

–0.05+0.10.4–0.05+.004.016–.002

2-C0.102-C.004


2- 0.80

φ+0.05

0hole

2- .031

φ+.002

0hole

1.5±0.05

.059±.002

1.2.047

5.9.232

1.0.039

(Right angle type without positioning boss)


Side direction

Reference point

0.05–0.15+0.1

.002–.006+.004

R 2.55R .100

TTP=3.8±0.1

.150±.004

OP=5.1±0.3

.201±.012

FP=5.6–0.1+0.3

.220–.004+.012

2.1.083

0.4.016

0.6.024

.138±.0033.5±0.08

5.1.201

0.8.031

2-C0.72-C.028

3.4.1342.1±0.1

.083±.004

+.002.055–.004

+0.051.4–0.1

±002.043±0.051.1


1.5±0.05

.059±.002

1.2.047

5.9.232

1.0.039

(Left angle type with positioning boss)

Upper direction

Operation direction

Side direction

R .008R 0.2(3.3)

(.130)

Reference point

2.1.083

4.1.161

0.6.024

R 2.55

R .1000.4.016

0.8.031

2.1±0.1

.083±.004

3.4.134

2-C0.72-C.028 .138±.003

3.5±0.08

5.1.201

TTP=1.7±0.1

.067±.004

OP=3.0±0.3

.118±.012

FP=3.5–0.1+0.3

.138–.004+.012

+.002.055–.004

+0.051.4–0.1

±002.043±0.051.1

0.6.024

.0551.4

+0.10.4–0.05+.004.016–.002

2-C0.12-C.004

.028φ ±.0020.7φ ±0.04

1.5±0.1

.059±.004

.028φ 00.7φ 0

–.002

–0.05


2- 0.80

φ+0.05

0hole

2- .031

φ+.002

0hole

5.9.232

1.5±0.05

.059±.002

1.2.047

1.0.039

ABC2

135

(Left angle type without positioning boss)

Operation direction

Upper direction

Side direction(.1

30)(3.3)

Reference point

0.05–0.15+0.1

.002–.006+.004

4.1.161

2.1.083

0.4.016

0.6.024

0.6.024

R 2.55

R .100

0.8.031

3.4.134

2.1±0.1

.083±.004

2-C0.72-C.028 .138±.003

3.5±0.08

5.1.201

TTP=3.8±0.1

.150±.004

OP=5.1±0.3

.201±.012

FP=5.6–0.1+0.3

.220–.004+.012

+.002.055–.004

+0.051.4–0.1

±002.043±0.051.1


5.9.232

1.5±0.05

.059±.002

1.2.047

1.0.039


• Low profile type

Reference point

Side direction


0.1.004±.004.008

±0.10.2

TTP=3.8±0.1

.150±.004

OP=5.1±0.3

.201±.012

FP=5.6–0.1+0.3

.220–.004+.012

R 2.55R .100

2.1.083

0.4.016

0.6.024

.138±.0033.5±0.08

5.7.224

1.4.055

0.75.030

2.5.098

3.4.134

2-C0.72-C.028

0.6.024

+.002.055–.004

+0.051.4–0.1

±002.043±0.051.1


R0.5 MAX.

R.020 MAX.

2-C.008

2-C0.2+.008

0.142+0.2

03.6

6.5.256

2.7.106

1.8.071

03.3–0.150.130–.006

1.2.047

ABC2

136

NOTES1. Mounting1) The positioning of the switch should be such that the pushbutton for the switch should not directly apply force to the operating section in the free condition.2) During both mounting and operation, care must be taken to protect the pushbutton from excessive stress, as this may cause malfunctioning.3) During mounting, the insulation distance between ground and each terminals should be confirmed as sufficient.2. Soldering1) For manual soldering; Iron tip temperature max. is 320°C 608°F and soldering should be completed within 3 seconds.2) For reflow soldering; Perform soldering reflow at a peak surface temperature of the PC board not to exceed 245°C 473°F.3) For cream soldering; Screen thickness is recommended between 0.10 to 0.15 mm .004 to .006 inch.4) During soldering, care should be taken not to apply excessive stress to the terminals as the resulting deformation may cause malfunction.5) Excessively high solder tab temperature and soldering iron wattage should also be avoided as these factors may harm switching performance.6) As this switch is thin, using flux should be avoided for the reason of the flux may come inside of the switch and cause damage.3. Switch operations1) The installation position of the activating unit that operates the switch should be set at a distance of 1.4 to 1.9 mm .055 to .075 inch from the center of the positioning projection for the type with

boss (1.8 to 2.6 mm .071 to .102 inch for long stroke type) and at a distance of 3.5 to 4.0 mm .138 to .157 inch from the bottom for the low profile type without (3.9 to 4.7 mm .154 to .185 inch for long stroke type).2) For 1 Form B contact type operation, set the pushbutton so it returns to the free position.3) Avoid using the switch as a stopper since it may cause trouble with the operations.4) When using the switch to operate in the sideways direction, ensure that the corner roundness of the operating unit is more than R1.4. Environment1) These switches do not have a sealed construction. As such, the construction of the equipment in which the switches are to be installed should be given careful consideration when the switches are to be used in locations where corrosive gases, silicon or other substances which will adversely affect the contacts are used, where there is a high concentration of dust or where the switches may be exposed to condensation or water. Using switches in locations like these may cause malfunctioning.2) Avoid using this switch in high-temperature, high-humidity or condensation-forming environments and avoid allowing droplets of water to remain on the switch or come into contact with it. These conditions may interfere with the performance of the switch (resulting in short-circuiting, etc.). Use the type with the gold contacts in applications involving trains, aircraft, motor vehicles or medical equipment where the switch must satisfy safety and high reliability requirements.

Please consult with us for the applications required high reliability.3) Because the humidity range differs depending on the ambient temperature, the humidity range indicated below should be used. Continuous operation of the switch is possible within this range, but continuous use near the limit of the range should be avoided.• This humidity range does not guarantee permanent performance.

5. Quality check under actual loading conditions1) Consult with us if this switch is to be used outside its ratings.2) To improve reliability, check the switch under actual loading conditions.6. Breakdown modeFor the switch breakdown mode, shorts, open circuits, or rises in temperature should be considered. For a device to be safe so that it does not create any adverse effect, ensure that a protection circuit or protection device is in place to protect against a possible switch failure. Also, please make sure that sufficient redundancy is built into the system in order to ensure safety.


Tolerance range

85

5

0+32

80176

–25–13


Humidity, %R.H.


ABC1

137

MOUNTING VIEW

Note) * The mounting height of 0.35 mm .014 inch indicated by the asterisk applies when the standard embossed tape packages are used, that is to say, when the switches have been mounted using embossed tape packages on which the switches are encapsulated after their fronts and backs have been reversed.

IC CARD DETECTION SWITCHES

FT (ABC1) SWITCHES

Standard typeLow profile type

Standard embossed tape packing Upside-down embossed tape packing

TOP VIEW

Mounting part layout

FEATURES• Ultra-low profile 1.4 mm .055 inch They allow products to be slimmer• The original coil spring-activated mechanism yields a light operating force (max. 0.3N) and a high overtravel to faciliate installation.• The coil spring serves as the contact and a high contact reliability is achieved by the more than adequate contact force and wiping effect.• Detecting from vertical and horizontal directions is possible. The actuator is rotated by the rotary shaft in the body.• 2 types of SMD terminal is available. The low-profile type is mounted by making square holes at the edges of the printed circuit boards, resulting in a low profile.

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS• IC card and other electronic money-related products.• CD-ROM drivers• Cellular phones• MD• Video cameras• Digital still camera• Headphone stereo

PRODUCT TYPES

Detection direction Packing style Contact

type Standard type

Low Profile type


packing


packing

Right angle

Embossed tape(3000 pcs/reel)

Gold-plated ABC1111P61 ABC1121P61 ABC1121P161

Left angleGold-plated ABC1112P61 ABC1122P61 ABC1122P161

CONTACT ARRANGEMENT: SPST-NO (1 Form A)

1.4mm.055inch

1.15mm.045inch

0.35mm.014inch

*

ABC1

138


2. Characteristics


DIMENSIONS mm inch

Gold-plated 0.01 mA 5V DC to 10 mA 5V DC (resistive load)

Electrical lifeGold-plated

Min. 105 (0.01 mA 5V DC to 10 mA 5V DC contact opening 20 cpm)

Insulation resistance Min. 100 MΩ (by 100V DC insulation resistance meter)

Dielectric strength 100 Vrms for 1 min. (Between uncontinuous terminals)

Contact resistance (initial) Max. 3Ω (by voltage drop at 10 mA 5V DC)

Contact resistance 14.7 m/s2 10 to 500Hz (Contact opening: max. 1 msec.)

Shock resistance 294 m/s2 (Contact opening: max. 1 msec.)

Allowable operating speed 30 to 300mm/s

Allowable operating frequency 60 times/min. (at no load)


Item Standard type Low profile type

Free position (F.P.) (mm inch) 4.9 ± 0.2 .193±.008 7.1 ± 0.2 .280±.008

Operating position (O.P.) (mm inch) 4.4 ± 0.3 .173±.012 6.6 ± 0.3 .260±.012

Total travel position (T.T.P.) (mm inch) 2.6 ± 0.2 .102±.008 4.8 ± 0.2 .189±.008

Operating force, Max.0.3N

by 2.8 mm .110 inch from the center of the positioning projection

0.3N by 5.0 mm .197 inch

from the bottom of the switch

1. Standard typeRight angle

Operating direction

0.6.024

0.6.024

0.6.024

0.75.030

R4.3R.169

C0.15C.006

4.8.189

4.3.169

2.9.114

1.7.067

2.5.098

3.5.138

1.7.067

1.0.039

1.8.071

0.6.024

1.4.0550.5.020

5.5.217

+0.08−0.1+.003−.004

0.4.016

+0−0.1+.0−.004

1.0 dia..039 dia.

+0−0.1

+.0−.004

3.2±0.1

.126±.0040.05±0.1

.002±.004

Vertical

Horizontal

TT

P=

2.6±0

.2

.102

±.00

8FP

=4.

9±0.2

.193

±.00

8

OP

=4.

4±0.3

.173

±.01

2

Circuit constructionSPST-NO (1 Form A)

PC board pattern

1.3.051

1.8.071

5.9.232

1.2.047

1.2.047

2-1.1 dia.2-.043 dia.

+0.05−0

+.002−0

3.2±0.05 dia..126±.002 dia.

0.5±0.05

.020±.002

Left angle

Operating direction

FP=4.9±0.2

.193±.008

OP=4.4±0.3

.173±.012

TTP=2.6±0.2

.102±.008

ABC1

139

NOTES

2. Low profile typeRight angle

Operating angle

0.6.024

0.6.024

0.6.024

0.75.030

R4.3R.169

4.8.189

0.1.004

0.25.010

4.3.169

2.9.114

4.7.185

3.5.138

1.7.067

1.1.043

1.8.071

0.6.024

1.4.0550.5.020

5.5.217

+0.08−0.1+.003−.004

Vertical

Horizontal

TT

P=

4.8±0

.2

.189

±.00

8

FP

=7.

1±0.2

.280

±.00

8

OP

=6.

6±0.3

.260

±.01

2

Circuit constructionSPST-NO (1 Form A)

PC board pattern

1.2.047

1.8.071

1.7.067

8.5.335

Max. R0.5.020

2-C 0.2.008

1.2.047

1.2.047

5.6.220

+0.20

+.0080

4.3.169

+0−0.15+0−.006

Left angle

Operating angle

FP=7.1±0.2

.280±.008

OP=6.6±0.3

.260±.012

TTP=4.8±0.2

.189±.008

mm inch

1. Mounting1) The positioning of the switch should be such that the pushbutton for the switch should not directly apply force to the operating section in the free condition.2) During both mounting and operation, care must be taken to protect the pushbutton from excessive stress, as this may cause malfunctioning. During mounting, the insulation distance between ground and each terminals/cover should be confirmed as sufficient.2. Soldering1) For manual soldering, iron tip temperature max. is 320°C 608°F and soldering should be completed within 3 seconds.2) For reflow soldering, perform soldering reflow at a peak surface temperature of the PC board not to exceed 245°C 473°F.3) For cream soldering, screen thickness is recommended between 0.15 to 0.20 mm .006 to .008 inch.4) During soldering, care should be taken not to apply excessive stress to the terminals as the resulting deformation may cause malfunction.5) Excessively high solder tab temperature and soldering iron wattage should also be avoided as these factors may harm switching performance.6) As this switch is thin, using flux should be avoided for the reason of the flux may come inside of the switch and cause damage.

3. Switch operations1) The installation position of the activating unit which operates the switch should be set at a distance of 2.8 to 3.9 mm .110 to .154 inch from the center of the positioning projection in the case of the standard type and at a distance of 5.0 to 6.1 mm .197 to .240 inch from the bottom of the switch in the case of the low-profile type.2) Avoid using the switch as a stopper since it may cause trouble with the operations.3) When using the switch to operate in the sideways direction, ensure that the corner roundness of the operating unit is more than R1.4. Environment1) These switches do not have a sealed construction. As such, the construction of the equipment in which the switches are to be installed should be given careful consideration when the switches are to be used in locations where corrosive gases, silicon or other substances which will adversely affect the contacts are used, where there is a high concentration of dust or where the switches may be exposed to condensation or water. Using switches in locations like these may cause malfunctioning.2) Avoid using this switch in high-temperature, high-humidity or condensation-forming environments and avoid allowing droplets of water to remain on the switch or come into contact with it.

These conditions may interfere with the performance of the switch (resulting in short-circuiting, migration, etc.). Use the type with the gold contacts in applications involving trains, aircraft, motor vehicles or medical equipment where the switch must satisfy safety and high reliability requirements.3) Because the humidity range differs depending on the ambient temperature, the humidity range indicated below should be used. Continuous operation of the switch is possible within this range, but continuous use near the limit of the range should be avoided.• This humidity range does not guarantee permanent performance.

5. Quality check under actual loading conditionsTo improve reliability, check the switch under actual loading conditions.6. OthersConsult with us if this switch is to be used outside its ratings.


Tolerance range

85

5

0+32

80176

–25–13


Humidity, %R.H.


ABP8

140


2. Characteristics


A PIERCED EARRING SIZE DETECTION SWITCH

FP (ABP8) SWITCHES

Standard rating 0.1A 10V DC

Low-level circuit rating 0.01mA 5V DC

Expected electrical life (Min. operations)

0.1A 10V DC resistive Min. 5×104

10mA 5V DC resistive Min. 105

Insulation resistance(by 100V DC insulation resistance meter) Min. 100MΩ

Dielectric Strength 100Vrms for 1 min.

Vibration resistance 14.7m/s2 8 to 500Hz (contact opening: Max. 10µsec.)

Shock resistance Min. 294 m/s2 (contact opening: Max. 10µsec.)

Ambient temperature –25°C to +80°C –13°F to +176°F (not freezing below 0°C 32°F)

Initial contact resistance Max. 3Ω (by HP4328A)

Type I Type II

Operating force Max. 0.3 N

Free position Max. mm inch 3.7 .146 4.9 .193

Operating position mm inch 3.3±0.2 .130 ±.008 4.5±0.2 .177 ±.008

Total travel position Max. mm inch 2.3 .091 3.5 .138

Total stroke mm inch 1.2 .047

• Ultra-miniature size (3.4×3.4×2.4mm .134×.134×.094 inch)Meet the market requirements of FDD miniaturization• Low operating force Max. 0.3 N• SMD type available


Remarks: Standard packaging1 reel: 2,000 pcs.1 case: 5 reels (10,000 pcs.)

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS• Floppy Disk Drivers• Optical Disk Drivers• CD-ROM Drivers• Notebook Personal Computers• Portable Handy Phones• VCR• Printers

Type Part No.

Type I ABP811161P

Type II ABP811261P

ABP8

141

DIMENSIONS mm inch

NOTES

Type I Type II Recommended PC board pattern(Top view)

Schematic

SPST-NO

CL

3.4.134

3.4.134

2.3.091

FP3.7 max..146

OP3.3±0.2 .130±.008 TTP

2.3 max..091

1.2.047

0.15 max..0060.25

.010C0.1.004

1.5.059

1.0.039

0.3.012

1.0.039

0.2.008

1.2±0.05 dia..047±.002 dia.

0.8 dia..031 dia.

Terminal #3

Terminal #1

Terminal #2 CL

2.3.091

2.9.114

FP4.9 max..193

OP4.5±0.2 .177±.008

TTP3.5 max..138

0.15 max..0060.25

.010C0.1.004

0.2.008

1.2±0.05 dia..047±.002 dia.

0.8 dia..031 dia.

Terminal #3

Terminal #1

Terminal #2

3.7.146

1.3 dia. hole+0.2−0

.051 dia. hole+.008−0

1.5.059

0.7.028

1.1.043

1.1.043

Terminal #3Terminal #1

Terminal #2

Terminal # 3 of ABP8111is connected to the metal cover of the switch

1. Soldering operations1) For manual soldering;By using 18W Max. (iron tip temperature: 320°C 608°F Max.) soldering should be completed within 3 seconds.2) For reflow soldering;Perform soldering reflow at a peak surface temperature of the PC board not to exceed 245°C 473°F. See the below recommended temperature profile.

3) During soldering, care should be taken not to apply excessive stress to the terminals as the resulting deformation may cause malfunction. Excessively high solder tab temperature and soldering iron wattage should also be avoided as these factors may harm switching performance.2. Setting of the operation objectIn setting the operation object; keep the following distance between the switch bottom and the operation object at T.T.P. (Total Travel Position)

ABP811161P: 2.3 to 2.9mm .091 to .114 inchABP811261P: 3.5 to 4.1mm .138 to .161 inch3. Quality Check under Actual Loading ConditionsTo assure reliability, check the switch under actual loading conditions. Avoid any situation that may adversely affect switching performance.4. Environment1) These switches do not have a sealed construction. As such, the construction of the equipment in which the switches are to be installed should be given careful consideration when the switches are to be used in locations where corrosive gases, silicon or other substances which will adversely affect the contacts are used, where there is a high concentration of dust or where the switches may be exposed to condensation or water. Using switches in locations like these may cause malfunctioning.2) Avoid using this switch in high-temperature, high-humidity or condensation-forming environments and avoid allowing droplets of water to remain on the switch or come into contact with it. These conditions may interfere with the performance of the switch (resulting in

short-circuiting, migration, etc.). Use the type with the gold contacts in applications involving trains, aircraft, motor vehicles or medical equipment where the switch must satisfy safety and high reliability requirements. Please consult with us for the applications required high reliability.3) Because the humidity range differs depending on the ambient temperature, the humidity range indicated below should be used. Continuous operation of the switch is possible within this range, but continuous use near the limit of the range should be avoided.• This humidity range does not guarantee permanent performance.

Recommended condition forreflow temperature profile

Tem

pera

ture

(°C

°F

)

Preheatingwithin 2 min. with 30 sec.

245473220428

150302


Tolerance range

85

5

0+32

80176

–25–13


Humidity, %R.H.


ABU8

142

SPECIFICATIONS1. Contact rating10mA to 0.1A 30V DC2. Characteristics


A ULTRA MINIATURE SIZED DETECTION SWITCH

NEW FD (ABU8) SWITCHES

Expected electrical life (Min. operations)

0.1A 30V DC resistive Min. 5×104

10mA 5V DC resistive Min. 105

Mechanical life (Min. operations) 105

Insulation resistance(by 100V DC insulation resistance meter) Min. 100MΩ

Dielectric Strength 100Vrms for 1 min.

Vibration resistance 14.7ms2 10 to 500Hz (contact opening: Max. 10µsec.)

Shock resistance Min. 294 m/s2 (contact opening: Max. 10µsec.)

Ambient temperature –25°C to +80°C –13°F to +176°F (not freezing below 0°C 32°F)

Initial contact resistance Max. 1Ω (by HP4328A)

Operating force Max. 0.34 N

Free position Max. mm inch 10.1±0.2 .398 ±.008

Operating position mm inch 9.5±0.4 .374 ±.016

Total travel position Max. mm inch 8.0 .315

Total stroke mm inch 2.1 .083

• Low operating force Max. 0.34 N• High contact reliability in a low-level load by sliding crossbar contacts• Reflow soldering is availableb by custom ordered


Remarks: Standard packaging; Tube 100 pcs.Please consult us for vinyl bag (200 pcs.). In this case, please change the suffix S to V.

Contact arrangement Number of terminals Part No.Packing quantity

Inner Outer

1 Form A2 ABU811261S

100 5,0004 ABU810261S

1 Form B2 ABU831261S

4 ABU830261S

TYPICAL APPLICATION• Floppy Disk Drivers• Optical Disk Drivers• CD-ROM Drivers• Notebook Personal Computers• VCR• Audio Equipments• Microprocessor-controlled Rice Cookers• Burglar alarms & Fire alarms

ABU8

143

DIMENSIONS mm inch

NOTES

3

(1)3

2(4)

(4)

(1)

6.2.244

2.45.096

FP=10.1±0.2

.193±.008

3.3±0.4

.130±.016

0.15.006

OP=9.5±0.4

.374±.016

TTP=8 Max..315

6.4.252

4.5.177

0.4.016

0.5.020

0.7.028

0.8.031

0.50.020

2.079

2.2.087

0.15.006

0.6.024

0.95.037

1.0.039

5.4.213

3.25.128 1.7

.067

2.079

0.3.012

3.118

0.85.0332.8

.110

0.5.020

1.039

2 dia..079 dia.

1.1 dia..043 dia.

1.2 dia..047 dia.

+0−0.1

+.0−.004

Schematic1 Form A

1 Form B

PC board pattern (Top view)

4 terminal

(Terminal #1)

Terminal #2

Terminal #3

(Terminal #4)

(Terminal #1)

Terminal #2

Terminal #3

(Terminal #4)

3.3±0.05

.130±.002

0.95±0.05

.037±.002

3.25±0.05

.128±.002

1.25 dia..049 dia.

+0.1−0+.004−0

2-1.1 dia.2-.043 dia.

+0.1−0

+.004−0

3.3±0.05

.130±.002

0.95±0.05

.037±.002

3.25±0.05

.128±.002

1.25 dia..049 dia.

+0.1−0+.004−0

2-1.1 dia.2-.043 dia.

+0.1−0

+.004−0

1. Soldering operations1) For manual soldering;By using 18W Max. (iron tip temperature: 350°C 662°F Max.) soldering should be completed within 3 seconds.2) For reflow soldering;Perform soldering reflow at a peak surface temperature of the PC board not to exceed 240°C 464°F.3) For automatic soldering tub;260°C 500°F immersion, completed within 5 seconds.4) During soldering, care should be taken not to apply excessive stress to the terminals as the resulting deformation may cause malfunction. Excessively high solder tab temperature and soldering iron wattage should also be avoided as these factors may harm switching performance.2. Mounting1) When the operation object is in the free position, force should not be applied to the pin plunger. Also force should be applied to the pin plunger from vertical direction to the switch. During both mounting and operation, care must be taken to protect the pushbutton from excessive stress, as this may cause malfunctioning.2) After mounting and wiring, the insulation distance between ground and each terminals/cover should be confirmed as sufficient.

3) When using adhesive, make sure it does not come into contact with moving parts. If the internal contacts are contaminated with adhesive, they may not function properly.3. Setting of the operation objectIn setting the operation object, keep the following distance between the switch bottom and the operation object at T.T.P. (Total Travel Position) 8.0 to 8.8mm .315 to .346 inch4. Environment1) These switches do not have a sealed construction. As such, the construction of the equipment in which the switches are to be installed should be given careful consideration when the switches are to be used in locations where corrosive gases, silicon or other substances which will adversely affect the contacts are used, where there is a high concentration of dust or where the switches may be exposed to condensation or water. Using switches in locations like these may cause malfunctioning.2) Avoid using this switch in high-temperature, high-humidity or condensation-forming environments and avoid allowing droplets of water to remain on the switch or come into contact with it. These conditions may interfere with the performance of the switch (resulting in short-circuiting, migration, etc.). Use the

type with the gold contacts in applications involving trains, aircraft, motor vehicles or medical equipment where the switch must satisfy safety and high reliability requirements. Please consult with us for the applications required high reliability.3) Because the humidity range differs depending on the ambient temperature, the humidity range indicated below should be used. Continuous operation of the switch is possible within this range, but continuous use near the limit of the range should be avoided.• This humidity range does not guarantee permanent performance.

5. Quality Check under Actual Loading ConditionsTo assure reliability, check the switch under actual loading conditions. Avoid any situation that may adversely affect switching performance.


Tolerance range

85

5

0+32

80176

–25–13


Humidity, %R.H.


AHF2

144


Remark: Standard Packaging: Tube 50 pcs.

SMALL, HIGHLY RELIABLE TIP SENSOR CONTAINING A PHOTO

SENSOR

TIP (AHF2) SWITCHES

Mounting direction Vertical mounting Horizontal mounting Reverse mounting

Part No. AHF21 AHF22 AHF23

PCB mounting condition

FEATURES• Realizes miniaturization of equipment and spaces saving. Size of body: 9.5×9.5×9.3 mm .374×.374×.366 inch• The contact type is equivalent to normally closed contacts, which satisfies the PL Act.• The internal sphere can be used over an operation angle of 360 degrees in the circumferential direction.• There are three standard terminal profiles which can be selected according to the mounting direction of the PCB.• The terminals are tin-plated for long-term solderability.

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS• Gas heaters• Electric fans• Water vallet• Infrared treatment device• Electric pots with warming function

CONTACT TYPENormally closed type (The photo transistor is ON when the sensor is being used.)

APPLICABLE CIRCUITRefer to the dimensional diagram for the terminal Nos.• VCC = 5 V• R2 = 100 kΩ• Forward current,IF, of the LED: 19 mA(VCC = 5 V, R1 = 200 Ω)• Forward voltage,VF, of the LED: Typ = 1.2 V

BASIC CHARACTERISTICSFor Ta = 25°C 77°F and applicable circuit conditions1) Operation characteristics (Operation speed 6 degrees/second)• Operation angle (Output: VOL → VOH): 25 to 60 degrees• Return angle (Output: VOH → VOL): Min. 20 degrees

2) Output (VO) characteristics (The sphere must be stationary.)• VOL (photo transistor ON): Max. 1.0 V (horizontal)• VOH (photo transistor OFF): Min. 4.0 V (inclined at an angle of at least 60 degrees)Terminal No. 1

Terminal No. 4

Tip switch

Terminal No. 2Terminal No. 3

VCC

VO

R2

R1

IF

(VCC)

Operation angle Operation angle

Output characteristics H

Return angle Return angle

Output characteristics L

AHF2

145

DIMENSIONS mm inch

SPECIFICATIONSItem Specificaitons

Electrical and mechanical lifeMin. 105 (Using the applicable circuit)At 6 cpm; Opening and closing position: 0 deg. ↔ 90 deg. (The internal shpere must be stationary for at least 500 ms at angles of 0 and 90 deg. respectively.)

Vibration resistance10 to 400 Hz acceleration 2.9 m/s2 applied for 7 days

5 to 10 Hz at half amplitude of 5 mm, 5×105 cycles

Shock resistance 588 m/s2 applied 3 times in each of 6 directions

Terminal strength Min. 9.8 N (each direction)

Dropping individual part Three times from height of 100 cm

High temperature, high humidity storage ability

Leave for 500 hours at 85°C 185°F and 85% RH(No freezing at low temperature)

High temperature storage ability Leave for 500 hours at 85°C 185°F

Low temperature storage ability Leave for 500 hours at –25°C –13°F(No freezing at low temperature)

Shock and heat resistance Subject to 100 cycles each consisting of 30 minutes at –25°C –13°F and 30 minutes at 85°C 185°F.

Resistance to hydrogen sulfide Leave for 500 hours in an atmosphere containing 3 ppm of hydrogen sulfide at 40°C 104°F and 75% RH.

Resistance to sulfur dioxide gas Leave for 500 hours in an atmosphere containing 10 ppm of sulfur dioxide at 40°C 104°F and 95% RH

Resistance to ammonia gas Leave for 96 hours in an atmosphere containing 3% of ammonia gas at normal temperature and humidity.

Resistance to dust Mix with 2 kg/m3 talcum powder or fly ash and leave to stand for 8 hours

Ambient temperature –20 to +80°C –4 to +176°F(No freezing nor condensation at low temperature)

Notes:1.Without any indications, specifications are measured at following conditions• Temperature: 15 to 35°C 59 to 95°F• Humidity: 25 to 85% RH• Atmospheric pressure: 86 to 106 kpa.2.The evaluation criteria for performance are as follows:Basic characteristics – Ta = 25°C 77°F and applicable circuit conditions

1) Operation characteristics (operation speed 6 degrees/sec.)• Operation angle (Output: VOL → VOH): 25 to 60 degrees• Return angle (Output: VOH → VOL): 20 degrees min.2) Output (VO) characteristics (The sphere must be stationary.)• VOL (photo transistor ON): 1.2 V max. (horizontal)• VOH (photo transistor OFF): 3.8 V min. (inclined at an angle of at least 60 degrees)

• Horizontal mounting type

Terminal No. 1(LED: Anode)

Terminal No. 4(Photo transistor: Emitter)

PCboard

Horizontaldatum line

Horizontaldatum line

Terminal No. 3(Photo transistor: Collector)

Terminal No. 2(LED: Cathode)

6.55.258

1.75.069

9.3.366

3.7.146

0.9.035

4.0.157

3.1.122

5.1.2019.5

.374

3.0.118 2.6

.102

9.5 dia..374 dia.

C0.3.012

C0.3.012

7.9.3119.5.37411.5.453

PC board pattern (Bottom view)




1.3 dia..051 dia.

Terminal No. 3(Photo transistor:Collector)

3.1±0.1.122±.004

11.9±0.1.469±.004

5.1±0.1.201±.004

• Vertical mounting type

5.1±0.4.201±.016 0.9

.035

2.6.102

3.1±0.4.122±.016


Terminal No. 4 Terminal No. 3

11.5±0.5.453±.020

PC board

PC board pattern (Bottom view)



Terminal No. 3(Photo transistor:Collector)


5.1±0.1.201±.004

11.9±0.1.469±.004

3.1±0.1.122±.004

1.3 dia..051 dia.

AHF2

146

NOTES

• Reverse mounting type

Terminal No. 1

Terminal No. 4

Terminal No. 2

Terminal No. 35.1±0.5

.201±.0203.1±0.5

.122±.02011.5±0.7.453±.028

2.6.102 0.9

.035

PC board

11.9.469

mm inch

PC board pattern (Bottom view) [Internal circuit and applicable circuit]



Terminal No. 3(Photo transistor: Collector)


11.9±0.1.469±.004

3.1±0.1.122±.004

5.1±0.1.201±.004

1.3 dia..051 dia.

Terminal No. 1

Terminal No. 4

Tip switch


VCC

VO

R2

R1

IF

(VCC)

1. Handling1) In the enent that a voltage or current that exceeds the maximum rating is applied to, or passed between the terminals, the photo-transistor will no longer function normally. In such a case, do not reuse the photo-transistor but discard it.2) Be careful not to apply an excessively large load to the terminals because this may damage the photo-transistor.2. Soldering1) When soldering by hand, use a 18W soldering iron that has a temperature regulator (iron tip temperature must be no more than 350°C 662°F) and apply the tip to the joint for no more than 3 seconds.2) When performing automatic soldering, ensure that the board does not remain in the solder bath for more than 10 seconds at 260°C 500°F, or more than 3 seconds at 350°C 662°F.3) Be careful not to move the terminals for one minute after soldering them.3. EnvironmentThis product is a non-contact type tip detection switch containing a photo-interrupter. It is intended for installation in equipment. Because of the nature of a semiconductor, if this product is used continuously for a long period in a high temperature, low temperature and/or

humid environment, according to the optic quantities decrease of luminescent diode output characteristics may be significantly affected. In such a case, take suitable measures, such as inserting a comparator at the output side, to provide a greater degree of margin with respect to change in the output characteristics, and thereby improve the reliability of the product.4. Preventing a malfunction1) The tip sensor uses an internal sphere, hence chattering occurs if it is subjected to vibration or shock. To prevent chattering, continuously read pulses of 30 ms max. using a microprocessor, and set the microprocessor so that the switch goes L (ON) or H (OFF) if the output level exceeds 500 ms continuously. Also, take steps to keep induction and RF noise away from the sensor.

2) The switch should be mounted keeping away from the vibration generator such as motor. Fix the PC board firmly in order to prevent resonance with the vibration generator, or the contact chattering of a

switch may occur by the movement of a ball inside. The allowable vibration level which the chattering does not occur would be less than 0.3G at 10 to 260Hz and 320 to 400Hz. The range 260 to 320Hz may have a resonance point and the level should be less than 0.1G.5. Others1) Depending on the circuitry and the environmental conditions, solder migration may occur and short a circuit. Please confirm that the insulation distance is large enough in the actual application.2) To prevent a malfunction, the switch should be kept away from the direct sunlight and any other light sources.3) The noises caused by electrostatics, surge voltage and inductives may break the photo-interruptor.4) The reflow soldering and cleaning are not allowed.5) The switch should be mounted with the tolerance ±3 degree.6. Confirmations in the actual use.Each items in this spec sheet was tested and confirmed independently at a certain duration. To get a higher reliability of the equipment, please confirm the switch quality with the actual load and environmental conditions before using.

Output of Tip switchMax. 30 ms

continuous H for 500 ms or more

Judgement of switchOFF state

Transistor OFF

Transistor ON

147

Standards ChartWith more and more electrical devices and machines being exported overseas, most of the control devices incorporated into those devices and machines now meet international standards. We are is in the process of achieving international standards certification for all of our products. The table below indicates which products have already been certified, for quick reference.Notes) 1. Some items in a product group may not meet certification requirements in some cases.

2. Snap-action switches and detection switches are certified based on their product numbers.

ItemUL (Recognized) CSA (Certified) VDE (Certified) SEMKO (Certified)

RemarksFile No. Rating (Recognized) File No. Rating (Certified) File No. Rating (Certified) File No. Rating

Turquiose switches J type (ABJ1, ABJ2, ABJ3)


E35901 6 × 103 times ratingO.F. 125g: 1A 125V ACO.F. 200g: 2A 125V AC

LR23413 6 × 103 times ratingO.F. 125g: 1A 125V ACO.F. 200g: 2A 125V AC

— — — —Excluding ABJ2 long stroke type, ABJ4 and ABJ5 types


E35901 6 × 103 times rating105 times rating0.1A 125V AC

LR23413 6 × 103 times rating105 times rating0.1A 125V AC

— — — —

Turquiose switches S type (ABS1, ABS4, ABS5)


E35901 6 × 103 times rating2A 250V AC

LR23413 6 × 103 times rating2A 250V AC

507690446

5 × 104 times rating2A 250V AC (T85)

9421091 5 × 104 times rating2A 250V AC (T85)

Gold-clad double layer type

E35901 6 × 103 times rating105 times rating0.1A 30V DC

LR23413 6 × 103 times rating105 times rating0.1A 30V DC

— — — —

Gold-clad triple layer type

E35901 6 × 103 times rating105 times rating0.1A 250V AC

LR23413 6 × 103 times rating105 times rating0.1A 250V AC

507690446

5 × 104 times rating0.1A 250V AC (T85)

9421091 5 × 104 times rating0.1A 250V AC (T85)

Turquiose switches V type (ABV1)

Gold alloy contact type

E35901 6 × 103 times ratingO.F. 0.98N type:1A 250V ACO.F. 1.96N, 2.94N type:3A 250V AC

LR23413 6 × 103 times ratingO.F. 0.98N type:1A 250V ACO.F. 1.96N, 2.94N type:3A 250V AC

90421 104 times ratingO.F. 0.98N type:1A 250V ACO.F. 1.96N, 2.94N type:3A 250V AC

9508072 104 times ratingO.F. 0.98N type:1A 250V ACO.F. 1.96N, 2.94N type:3A 250V AC

105 times rating0.1A 250V AC


5 × 104 times rating0.1A 250V AC



6 × 103 times ratingO.F. 0.98N type:3A 250V ACO.F. 1.96N, 2.94N type:5A 250V AC

6 × 103 times ratingO.F. 0.98N type:3A 250V ACO.F. 1.96N, 2.94N type:5A 250V AC

104 times ratingO.F. 0.98N type:3A 250V ACO.F. 1.96N, 2.94N type:5A 250V AC

104 times ratingO.F. 0.98N type:3A 250V ACO.F. 1.96N, 2.94N type:5A 250V AC





NZ basic switches (AM1)

E35901 15A 125, 250 or 480V AC1/8 HP 125V AC,1/4 HP 250V AC2/1 A 125V DC,1/4 A 250V DC

LR161643M

15A 125, 250 or 480V AC1/8 HP 125V AC,1/4 HP 250V AC2/1 A 125V DC,1/4 A 250V DC

— — — —

QV switches (AM5)


6A type

E35901 6 × 103 times rating6A 250V AC (T105)105 times rating6A 250V AC3A 30V DC (T105)

LR23413 6 × 103 times rating6A 250V AC (T105)105 times rating6A 250V AC3A 30V DC (T105)

103270 6(1) A 250V~AC (T105)

9508075 6(1) A 250V~AC (T105)

11A type

E35901 6 × 103 times rating11A 250V AC (T105)105 times rating6A 250V AC4A 30V DC (T105)

LR23413 6 × 103 times rating11A 250V AC (T105)105 times rating6A 250V AC (T105)4A 30V DC (T105)

11(2) A 250V~AC (T105)

9508075 11(2) A 250V~AC (T105)

16A type

E35901 6 × 103 times rating16A 250V AC105 times rating12A 250V AC6A 30V DC (T105)

LR23413 6 × 103 times rating16A 250V AC105 times rating12A 250V AC6A 30V DC (T105)

16(3) A 250V~AC (T105)6A 30V DC

9508075 16(3) A 250V~AC (T105)6A 30V DC

For the OF=3.92N (pin plunger) type with a UL and CSA 105 times rating, the values are as follows: 12 A 250 V AC 8 A 30 V DC

21A type

E35901 6 × 103 times rating21A 250V AC1/2 HP 125, 250V AC5A 120V AC “L”(TUNGSTEN)105 times rating16A 250V AC

LR23413 6 × 103 times rating21A 250V AC1/2 HP 125, 250V AC5A 120V AC “L”(TUNGSTEN)105 times rating16A 250V AC

21(4) A 250V~AC (T105)

9508075 21(4) A 250V~AC (T105)


0.1A type

E35901 6 × 103 times rating0.1A 250V AC (T105)105 times rating0.1A 250V AC (T105)

LR23413 6 × 103 times rating0.1A 250V AC (T105)105 times rating0.1A 250V AC (T105)

0.1A 250V~AC (T105) 9508075 0.1A 250V~AC (T105)

NV switches (AH7)

Heat resistant series

Standard type

E35901 6 × 103 times ratingO.F. 0.49N:5A 125, 250V ACO.F. 0.98N:10A 125, 250V ACO.F. 1.96N ~ 3.92N:15A 125, 250V ACTemperature rating 120°C

LR23413 6 × 103 times ratingO.F. 0.49N:5A 125, 250V ACO.F. 0.98N:5A 125, 250V ACO.F. 1.96N ~ 3.92N:15A 125, 250V AC

112851 O.F. 0.49N: (T85)5(1) A 125, 250V~O.F. 0.98N: (T85)10(2) A 125, 250V~O.F. 1.96N ~ 3.92N:16(2) A 125, 250V~

9850228 5(1) A 125, 250V ~(T85)10(2) A 125, 250V ~(T85)16(3) A 125, 250V ~(T85)

105 times ratingO.F. 0.49N, 0.98N:5A 125, 250V AC3A 30V DCO.F. 1.96N, 2.94N:10A 250V AC6A 30V DCO. F. 3. 92N:12A 250VAC 6A 30V DCTemperature rating 120°C

LR23413 105 times ratingO.F. 0.49N, 0.98N:5A 250V AC3A 30V DCO.F. 1.96N, 2.94N:10A 250V AC6A 30V DCO.F. 3.92N:12A 250V AC6A 30V DC

— — — —

Low-level circuit type

3A 125, 250V ACTemperature rating 120°C

LR23413 3A 125, 250V AC 112851 3A 125, 250V~ 9850228 3A 250V~

Standards Chart

148

Notes) 1. When ordering UL/CSA 6 × 103 times rated products, add suffix 9 to the product number, and for UL/CSA 105 times rated products (interlock rated products), add suffix 4. For VDE and SEMKO standard products, add suffix 8.

2. Some product numbers for VDE standard and SEMKO standard products of the NV type marked with an asterisk have not yet been certified. Please contact us for specific information.

3. In the table above, if the UL/CSA standard has not been indicated as either a 6 × 103 times rating or a 105 times rating, it means that the standard is a 6 × 103 times rating.

4. In the table above, if the VDE or SEMKO standard has not been indicated as either a 104 times rating or a 5 × 104 times rating, it means that the standard is a 5 × 104 times rating.

5. In cases where products are indicated as meeting all of the standards, the standard versions of GX switches and GL switches and FS contact gap min. 1mm type have been certified for all of the standards, but for snap-action switches such as the QV, FS, and FS-T, the product number suffix will be either 3 or 31. Please contact us for specific information.

FS•FS-T switches (AV3, AVM3/AVT3, AVL3)

Standard version


E35901 6 × 103 times rating3A 250V AC105 times rating2A 250V AC2A 30V DC

LR23413 6 × 103 times rating3A 250V AC105 times rating2A 250V AC2A 30V DC

6168UG 104 times rating (T85)O.F. 50g: 3A 250V5 × 104 times rating (T85)O.F. 100g: 3A 250V~

97110979750138

104 times rating (T85)O.F. 50g: 3A 250V~5 × 104 times rating (T85)O.F. 100g: 3A 250V~


E35901 6 × 103 times rating0.1A 30V DC105 times rating0.1A 30V DC

LR23413 6 × 103 times rating0.1A 30V DC105 times rating0.1A 30V DC

— — — —


E35901 6 × 103 times rating0.1A 250V AC105 times rating0.1A 250V AC

LR23413 6 × 103 times rating0.1A 250V AC105 times rating0.1A 250V AC

6168UG 5 × 104 times rating0.1A 250V

97110979750138

5 × 104 times rating0.1A 250V

Long life version


E35901 6 × 103 times rating5A 250V AC105 times rating2A 250V AC2A 30V DC

LR23413 6 × 103 times rating5A 250V AC105 times rating2A 250V AC2A 30V DC

6168UG 104 times rating (T85)5A 250V~

97110979750138

104 times rating (T85)5A 250V~


E35901 6 × 103 times rating0.1A 30V DC105 times rating0.1A 30V DC

LR23413 6 × 103 times rating0.1A 250V DC105 times rating0.1A 250V DC

— — — —




6168UG 5 × 104 times rating0.1A 250V

97110979750138

5 × 104 times rating (T85)0.1A 250V

PS switches (AVM3) E35901 6 × 103 times rating10.1A 250V AC

LR23413 6 × 103 times rating10.1A 250V AC — — 9550206 10.1A 250V (T85)

FJ switches (AH1)

Standard type

M1, 2 mounting hole type

E35901 3A 125V AC LR23413 3A 125V AC— — — —

M2 mounting hole type

E35901 O.F. 75g: 1A 125V ACO.F. 150g: 3A 125V AC

LR23413 O.F. 75g: 1A 125V ACO.F. 150g: 3A 125V AC — — — —

Low-level circuit type

M1, 2 mounting hole type

E35901 3A 125V AC LR23413 3A 125V AC— — — —

M2 mounting hole type



— — — —

V-Rotary action switches (AHR5)

Standard type E35901 5A 250V AC LR23413 5A 250V AC — — — —

Low-level circuit typeE35901 1A 250V AC LR23413 1A 250V AC

— — — —

GX switches 1a, 2a, 3a (AGX1, 2, 3~7)

Standard typeE35901 105 times rating

10.1A 250V AC6A 30V DC

LR23413 105 times rating10.1A 250V AC6A 30V DC

88838 5 × 104 times rating10(3) A 250V~(T85)(TÜV approved)

9450164 5 × 104 times rating10(3) A 250V~(T85)

High capacity typeE35901 105 times rating

16A 250V AC6A 30V DC

LR23413 105 times rating16A 250V AC6A 30V DC

88838 5 × 104 times rating16(4) A 250V~(TÜV approved)

9450164 5 × 104 times rating16(4) A 250V~(T85)

GW switches (AV1)

E35901 Interlock rating105 times rating16A 380V AC

LR23413 Interlock rating105 times rating16A 380V AC

116437 5 × 104 times rating16(4) A 380V~(TÜV approved)

9508071 5 × 104 times rating (T85)16(4) A 380V~

1a, 1b, and 1a1b of the screw-mounting type have not yet been certified for SEMKO standards.Horsepower rating

6 × 103 times rating16A 380V AC1/2 HP 125, 250V

Horsepower rating6 × 103 times rating16A 380V AC1/2 HP 125, 250V AC

GL switches (AGL4)E35901 5A 250V AC

0.1A 125V AC3 × 104 times rating

LR23413 5A 250V AC0.1A 125V AC3 × 104 times rating

—(TÜV approved) 94421128 5A 250V~

0.1A 125V~(T85)5 × 104 times rating

ItemUL (Recognized) CSA (Certified) VDE (Certified) SEMKO (Certified)

RemarksFile No. Rating (Recognized) File No. Rating (Certified) File No. Rating (Certified) File No. Rating

Snap-Action Switches Detection SwitchesGeneral Catalogue 2005

Panasonic ... the new name for

Global Network Services Global Network Services Global Network Services Global Network Services

Asia Pacific

MatsushitaElectric Works(Asia Pacific) Pte. Ltd.

China

MatsushitaElectric Works (China) Co., Ltd.

Japan

MatsushitaElectric Works, Ltd.Global Headquarter

North America

AromatCorporation

Europe

MatsushitaElectric Works(Europe) AG

Copyright © 2005 • Printed in Germany2090 eu en 04/05

Please contact our Global Sales Companies in:

Europe

Headquarter Matsushita Electric Works (Europe) AG Rudolf-Diesel-Ring 2, 83607 Holzkirchen, Tel. (08024) 648-0, Fax (08024) 648-111, www.mew-europe.com Austria Matsushita Electric Works Austria GmbH Josef Madersperger Str. 2, 2362 Biedermannsdorf, Tel. (0 22 36) 2 68 46, Fax (0 22 36) 4 61 33, www.matsushita.at

MEW Electronic Materials (Europe) GmbH Industriehafenstraße 9, 4470 Enns, Tel. (0 72 23) 8 83, Fax (0 72 23) 8 83 33, www.mew-europe.com Benelux Matsushita Electric Works West B.V. De Rijn 4, (Postbus 211), 5684 PJ Best, (5680 AE Best), Netherlands, Tel. (0499) 372727, Fax (0499) 372185, www.matsushita.nl, www.matsushita.be Czech Republic Matsushita Electric Works (CZ) s.r.o. Prumyslová 1, CZ-34815 Planá, Tel. 374799990, Fax 374799999, www.nais.cz France Matsushita Electric Works France S.A.R.L. B.P. 44, F-91371 Verrières le Buisson CEDEX, Tél. 01 60135757, Fax 01 60135758, www.matsushita-france.fr

MEW Electronic Materials (France) S.p.A. 26 Allée du Clos des Charmes, 77090 Collegien, Tél. 01 64622919, Fax 01 64622809 Germany Matsushita Electric Works Deutschland GmbH Rudolf-Diesel-Ring 2, 83607 Holzkirchen, Tel. (08024) 648-0, Fax (08024) 648-555, www.matsushita.de Ireland Matsushita Electric Works UK Ltd. Irish Branch Office, Waverley, Old Naas Road, Bluebell, Dublin 12, Tel: (01) 4600969, Fax: (01) 4601131, www.matsushita.ie Italy Matsushita Electric Works Italia s.r.l. Via del Commercio 3-5 (Z.I. Ferlina), 37012 Bussolengo (VR), Tel. (045) 6752711, Fax (045) 6700444, www.matsushita.it

MEW Building Materials (Europe) s.r.l. Viale Elvezia 18, 20154 Milano (MI), Tel. (02) 33604525, Fax (02) 33605053MEW Lighting (Europe) s.r.l. Via del Commercio 3-5 (Z.I. Ferlina), 37012 Bussolengo (VR), Tel. (045) 6703882, Fax (045) 6717420

Portugal Matsushita Electric Works España S.A. Portuguese Branch Office, Avda Adelino Amaro da Costa 728 R/C J, 2750-277 Cascais, Tel. (21) 4812520, Fax (21) 4812529 Scandinavia Matsushita Electric Works Scandinavia AB Sjöängsvägen 10, 19272 Sollentuna, Sweden, Tel. (08) 59476680, Fax (08) 59476690, www.matsushita.se

MEW Fire & Security Technology AB Citadellsvägen 23, 21118 Malmö, (040) 6977000, Fax (040) 6977099, www.mfstech.com Spain Matsushita Electric Works España S.A. Barajas Park, San Severo 20, 28042 Madrid, Tel. (91) 3293875, Fax (91) 3292976, www.matsushita.es Switzerland Matsushita Electric Works Schweiz AG Grundstrasse 8, 6343 Rotkreuz, Tel. (041) 7997050, Fax (041) 7997055, www.matsushita.ch United Kingdom Matsushita Electric Works UK Ltd. Sunrise Parkway, Linford Wood, Milton Keynes, MK14 6LF, Tel. (01908) 231555, Fax (01908) 231599, www.matsushita.co.uk

North & South America

USA Aromat Corporation Head Office USA 629 Central Avenue, New Providence, N.J. 07974, Tel. 1-908-464-3550, Fax 1-908-464-8513, www.aromat.com

Asia Pacific / China / Japan

China Matsushita Electric Works (China) Co., Ltd. 2013, Beijing Fortune, Building No. 5, Dong San Huan Bei Lu, Chaoyang District, Beijing, Tel. 86-10-6590-8646, Fax 86-10-6590-8647 Hong Kong Matsushita Electric Works (Hong Kong), Ltd. Rm1601, 16/F, Tower 2, The Gateway, 25 Canton Road, Tsimshatsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong, Tel. (852) 2956-3118, Fax (852) 2956-0398 Japan Matsushita Electric Works, Ltd. 1048 Kadoma, Kadoma-shi, Osaka 571-8686, Japan, Tel. 06-6908-1050, Fax 06-6908-5781, www.mew.co.jp/e-acg/ Singapore Matsushita Electric Works (Asia Pacific) Pte. Ltd. 101 Thompson Road, #25-03/05, United Square, Singapore 307591, Tel. (65) 6255-5473, Fax (65) 6253-5689

Matsushita Electric Works

Global Network

global network services global network services...

Documents